Mitsubishi Electric M700VS Series Connection Manual
Advertisement
Advertisement
Introduction
This manual covers the items required for installing and connecting the MITSUBISHI CNC M700VS Series. Read this manual thoroughly and understand the product's functions and performance before starting to use.
This manual is written on the assumption that all optional functions are added, but the actually delivered device may not have all functions.
The unit names, cable names and various specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm these before placing an order.
This manual notes a reference chapter as "Chapter: Section: Paragraph".
(Example) For "1.3.1 List of Units":
"System Configuration: List of Configuration: List of Units"
("1.3.1 List of Units" included in "1.3 List of Configuration" of "1 System Configuration")
CAUTION
For items described as "Restrictions" or "Usable State" in this manual, the instruction manual issued by the machine tool builder takes precedence over this manual.
Items that are not described in this manual must be interpreted as "not possible".
This manual is written on the assumption that all optional functions are added. Confirm the specifications issued by the machine tool builder before starting to use.
Refer to the Instruction Manual issued by each machine tool builder for details on each machine tool.
Some screens and functions may differ depending on each NC system (or version), and some functions may not be possible. Please confirm the specifications before starting to use.
The numerical control unit is configured of the control unit, display unit, operation board (keyboard unit, operation panel I/O unit), servo drive unit, spindle drive unit, power supply unit + driver, servomotor, spindle motor, etc.
In this manual, the following items are generically called "controller".
- Control unit
- Display unit
- Operation board (keyboard unit, operation panel I/O unit)
- Numerical control unit peripheral devices (input/output unit, safety unit)
In this manual, the following items are generically called "drive unit".
- Servo drive unit
- Spindle drive unit
- Power supply unit + driver
In this manual, the following items are generically called "motor".
- Servo motor
- Spindle motor
Refer to the following documents.
M700V/M70V/E70 Series PLC Interface Manual .... IB-1500920
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual .... IB-1501124
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Instruction Manual .... IB-1501127
MDS-DM2 Series Specifications Manual .... IB-1501136
MDS-DM2 Series Instruction Manual .... IB-1501139
MDS-DJ Series Specifications Manual .... IB-1501130
MDS-DJ Series Instruction Manual .... IB-1501133
Safety Handbook (Original Instructions) .... IB-1501025
Precautions for Safety
Always read this manual and enclosed documents before installation, operation, maintenance and inspection to ensure correct usage. Thoroughly understand the basics, safety information and precautions of the devices before using.
This manual classifies the safety precautions into "DANGER", "WARNING" and "CAUTION".
DANGER
When the user could be subject to imminent fatalities or serious injuries if handling is mistaken.
WARNING
When the user could be subject to fatalities or serious injuries if handling is mistaken.
CAUTION
When the user could be subject to injuries or the property could be damaged if handling is mistaken.
Note that the items under " CAUTION" could lead to serious consequences as well depending on the situation.
All the items are important and must always be observed.
The following sings indicate prohibition and compulsory.
This sign indicates prohibited behavior (must not do).
For example, indicates "Keep fire away".
This sign indicated a thing that is pompously (must do).
For example, indicates "it must be grounded".
The meaning of each pictorial sing is as follows.
CAUTION
Prohibited
CAUTION rotated object
CAUTION HOT Danger
Electric shock risk
Disassembly is
prohibited
KEEP FIRE AWAY General instruction
Danger explosive
Earth ground
For Safe Use
Mitsubishi CNC is designed and manufactured solely for applications to machine tools.
Do not use this product in any applications other than those specified as above, especially those which are substantially influential on the public interest or which are expected to have significant influence on human lives or properties.
We will review the acceptability of the abovementioned applications, if the customer agrees not to require a specific quality for a specific application. Please contact us for consultation.
1. Items related to prevention of electric shocks
WARNING
Do not open or remove the front cover while the power is ON or during operation. The high voltage terminals and charged sections will be exposed, and this could result in electric shocks.
Do not remove the front cover even when the power is OFF, except for the wiring works or periodic inspections. The inside of the controller and drive unit are charged, and this could result in electric shocks.
Always wait at least 15 minutes after turning the power OFF. Then, check the voltage with a tester, etc., before wiring works, inspections or connecting with peripheral devices. Failure to observe this could result in electric shocks.
Earth ground the controller, drive unit and motor according to the local laws. (In Japan, ground the 200V
Series input products with Class C or higher protective grounding and the 400V Series input with Class D or higher protective grounding.)
All wiring works, maintenance and inspections must be carried out by a qualified technician. Failure to observe this could result in electric shocks. Contact your nearby Service Center or Service Station for replacing parts and servicing.
Wire the controller, drive unit and motor after installation. Failure to observe this could result in electric shocks.
Do not operate the switches with wet hands. Failure to observe this could result in electric shocks.
Do not damage, apply excessive stress, place heavy things on or sandwich the cables. Failure to observe this could result in electric shocks.
Insulate the power lead using a fixed terminal block. Failure to observe this could result in electric shocks.
2. Items related to prevention of fire
CAUTION
Install the controller, drive unit, motor and regenerative resistor on non-combustible material. Installation directly on or near combustible materials could result in fires.
If any malfunction in the unit is observed, shut off the power at the unit’s power supply side. Continuous flow of large current could result in fires.
Install an appropriate no fuse breaker (NFB) and contactor (MC) on the power input section of the drive unit and configure the sequence that shuts the power off upon drive unit’s emergency stop or alarm.
When a breaker is shared for multiple power supply units, the breaker may not function upon short-circuit failure in a small capacity unit. Do not share a breaker for multiple units as this is dangerous.
Incorrect wiring and connections could cause the devices to damage or burn.
3. Items related to prevention of bodily injury or property damage
DANGER
When transporting or installing a built-in IPM spindle or linear servomotor, be careful so that your hand or property will not be trapped in the motors or other metal objects. Also keep the devices with low magnetic tolerance away from the product.
CAUTION
Do not apply voltages to the connectors or terminals other than voltages indicated in the connection manual for the controller or specifications manual for the drive unit. Failure to observe this could cause bursting, damage, etc.
Incorrect connections could cause the devices to rupture or damage, etc. Always connect the cables to the indicated connectors or terminals.
Incorrect polarity (+ -) could cause the devices to rupture or damage, etc.
Persons wearing medical devices, such as pacemakers, must stay away from this unit. The electromagnetic waves could adversely affect the medical devices.
Fins on the rear of the unit, regenerative resistor and motor, etc., will be hot during operation and for a while after the power has been turned OFF. Do not touch or place the parts and cables, etc. close to these sections. Failure to observe this could result in burns.
Do not enter the machine’s movable range during automatic operation. Keep your hands, feet or face away from the spindle during rotation.
4. General precautions
Always follow the precautions below. Incorrect handling could result in faults, injuries or electric shocks, etc.
(1) Transportation and installation
CAUTION
Correctly transport the products according to the mass.
Use motor’s suspension bolts to transport the motor itself. Do not use it to transport the motor after installation onto the machine.
Do not stack the products exceeding the indicated limit.
Do not hold the cables, shaft or detector when transporting the motor.
Do not transport the controller or drive unit by suspending or holding the connected wires or cables.
Do not hold the front cover when transporting the unit, or the front cover could come off, causing the unit to drop.
Install on a non-combustible place where the unit’s or motor’s mass can be withstood according to the instruction manual.
The motor does not have a complete water-proof (oil-proof) structure. Do not allow oil or water to contact or enter the motor. Prevent the cutting chips from being accumulated on the motor as they easily soak up oil.
When installing the motor facing upwards, take measures on the machine side so that gear oil, etc., will not enter the motor shaft.
Do not remove the detector from the motor. (The detector installation screw is treated with sealing.)
Do not allow foreign matters, especially, conductive foreign matters such as screws or metal chips, or combustible foreign matters such as oil, to enter the controller, drive unit or motor. Failure to observe this could result in rupture or damage.
Do not get on the product or place heavy objects on it.
Provide prescribed distance between the controller/drive unit and inner surface of the control panel/other devices.
Do not install or operate the controller, drive unit or motor that is damaged or has missing parts.
Take care not to cut hands, etc. with the heat radiating fins or metal edges.
Do not block the intake/outtake ports of the motor with the cooling fan.
Install the controller’s display section and operation board section on the spot where cutting oil will not reach.
The controller, drive unit and motor are precision devices, so do not drop or apply thumping vibration and strong impacts on them.
Hard disk unit is a precision device, so do not drop or apply strong impacts on it.
Store and use the units according to the environment conditions indicated in each specifications manual.
When disinfectants or insecticides must be used to treat wood packaging materials, always use methods other than fumigation (for example, apply heat treatment at the minimum wood core temperature of 56 ° C for a minimum duration of 30 minutes (ISPM No. 15 (2009))).
If products such as units are directly fumigated or packed with fumigated wooden materials, halogen substances (including fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine) contained in fumes may contribute to the erosion of the capacitors.
When exporting the products, make sure to comply with the laws and regulations of each country.
CAUTION
Do not use the products in conjunction with any components that contain halogenated flame retardants
(bromine, etc). Failure to observe this may cause the erosion of the capacitors.
Securely fix the motor to the machine. The motor could come off during operation if insecurely fixed.
Always install the motor with reduction gear in the designated direction. Failure to observe this could result in oil leaks.
Always install a cover, etc., over the shaft so that the rotary section of the motor cannot be touched during motor rotation.
When installing a coupling to the servomotor shaft end, do not apply impacts by hammering, etc. The detector could be damaged.
Use a flexible coupling when connecting with a ball screw, etc., and keep the shaft core deviation smaller than the tolerable radial load of the shaft.
Do not use a rigid coupling as an excessive bending load will be applied on the shaft and could cause the shaft to break.
Do not apply a load exceeding the tolerable level onto the motor shaft. The shaft or bearing could be damaged.
Before using this product after a long period of storage, please contact the Mitsubishi Service Station or
Service Center.
Following the UN recommendations, battery units and batteries should be transported based on the international regulations such as those determined by International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO),
International Air Transport Association (IATA), International Maritime Organization (IMO) and U.S.
Department of Transportation (DOT).
(2) Items related to wiring
CAUTION
Correctly wire this product. Failure to observe this could result in motor runaway, etc.
Do not install a phase advancing capacitor, surge absorber or radio noise filter on the output side of the drive unit.
Correctly connect the output side (terminal U, V, W). The motor will not run properly if incorrectly connected.
Always install an AC reactor per each power supply unit.
Always install an appropriate breaker per each power supply unit. A breaker cannot be shared for multiple power supply units.
Do not directly connect a commercial power supply to the motor. Failure to observe this could result in faults.
When using an inductive load such as relays, always connect a diode in parallel to the load as a noise countermeasure.
When using a capacitive load such as a lamp, always connect a protective resistor serially to the load to suppress rush currents.
Do not mistake the direction of the surge absorption diode to be installed on the DC relay for the control output signal. If mistaken, the signal will not be output due to fault in the drive unit, and consequently the protective circuit, such as emergency stop, could be disabled.
Drive unit
COM
(24VDC)
Control output signal
RA
Drive unit
COM
(24VDC)
Control output signal
RA
Do not connect or disconnect the cables between units while the power is ON.
Do not connect or disconnect the PCBs while the power is ON.
Do not pull the cables when connecting/disconnecting them.
Securely tighten the cable connector fixing screw or fixing mechanism. The motor could come off during operation if insecurely fixed.
Always treat the shield cables indicated in the Connection Manual with grounding measures such as cable clamps.
Separate the signal wire from the drive line or power line when wiring.
Use wires and cables whose wire diameter, heat resistance level and bending capacity are compatible with the system.
Ground the device according to the requirements of the country where the device is to be used.
Wire the heat radiating fins and wires so that they do not contact.
When using the RS-232C device as a peripheral device, caution must be paid for connector connection/ disconnection. Always use a double-OFF type AC power supply switch on the device side, and connect/ disconnect the connector with the AC power supply on the device side OFF.
Switch
NC unit
Device
AC socket
RS-232C
(3) Adjustments
CAUTION
Check and adjust programs and each parameter before starting operation. Failure to observe this could result in unpredictable operations depending on the machine.
Do not make drastic adjustments or changes as the operation could become unstable.
(4) Usage
CAUTION
Install an external emergency stop circuit so that the operation can be stopped and the power turns OFF immediately when unforeseen situation occurs. A contactor, etc., is required in addition to the shutoff function mounted in the controller.
Turn OFF the power immediately if any smoke, abnormal noise or odor is generated from the controller, drive unit or motor.
Only a qualified technician may disassemble or repair this product.
Do not alter.
Use a noise filter, etc. to reduce the effect of electromagnetic disturbances in the case where electromagnetic disturbances could adversely affect the electronic devices used near the drive unit.
Use the drive unit, motor and each regenerative resistor with the designated combination. Failure to observe this could result in fires or faults.
The combination of the motor and drive unit that can be used is determined. Be sure to check the models of motor and drive unit before test operation.
The brakes (electromagnetic brakes) mounted in the servomotor are used for the purpose of holding, and must not be used for normal braking. Also, do not run the motor with the motor brake applied. Motor brake is used for the purpose of holding.
For the system running via a timing belt, install a brake on the machine side so that safety can be ensured.
Be sure to confirm SERVO OFF (or READY OFF) when applying the electromagnetic brake. Also, be sure to confirm SERVO ON prior to releasing the brake.
When using the DC OFF type electromagnetic brake, be sure to install a surge absorber on the brake terminal.
Do not connect or disconnect the cannon plug while the electromagnetic brake’s power is ON. The cannon plug pins could be damaged by sparks.
After changing programs/parameters, or after maintenance/inspection, always carry out a test operation before starting actual operation.
Use the power that are complied with the power specification conditions (input voltage, input frequency, tolerable instantaneous power failure time) indicated in each specifications manual.
When making detector cables, do not mistake connection. Failure to observe this could result in malfunction, runaway or fire.
(5) Troubleshooting
Use a motor with electromagnetic brakes or establish an external brake mechanism for the purpose of holding; this serves as countermeasures for possible hazardous situation caused by power failure or product fault.
CAUTION
Shut off with motor brake control output
Motor
Shut off with CNC brake control PLC output
MBR EMG
Use a double circuit structure for the electromagnetic brake’s operation circuit so that the brakes will activate even when the external emergency stop signal is issued.
Electromagnetic brake
24VDC
The machine could suddenly restart when the power is restored after an instantaneous power failure, so stay away from the machine. (Design the machine so that the operator safety can be ensured even if the machine restarts.)
To secure the absolute position, do not shut off the servo drive unit’s control power supply when its battery voltage drops (warning 9F) in the servo drive unit side.
If the battery voltage drop warning alarm occurs in the controller side, make sure to back up the machining programs, tool data and parameters, etc. with the input/output device before replacing the battery.
Depending on the level of voltage drop, memory loss could have happened. In that case, reload all the data backed up before the alarm occurrence.
(6) Maintenance, inspection and part replacement
CAUTION
Periodically back up the programs, tool data and parameters to avoid potential data loss. Also, back up those data before maintenance and inspections.
When replacing the battery on the controller side, the machining programs, tool data and parameters should be backed up with the input/output device beforehand. In case the memory is damaged in replacing the batteries, reload all the data backed up before replacing the battery.
The electrolytic capacitor’s capacity will drop due to deterioration. To prevent secondary damage due to capacitor’s faults, Mitsubishi recommends the electrolytic capacitor to be replaced approx. every five years even when used in a normal environment. Contact the Service Center or Service Station for replacements.
Do not perform a megger test (insulation resistance measurement) during inspection.
Do not replace parts or devices while the power is ON.
Do not short-circuit, charge, overheat, incinerate or disassemble the battery.
There may be a unit filled with substitute Freon in the heat radiating fins of the 37kW or smaller unit. Be careful not to break the heat radiating fins during maintenance or replacement.
(7) Disposal
CAUTION
Take the batteries and backlights for LCD, etc., off from the controller, drive unit and motor, and dispose of them as general industrial wastes.
Do not alter or disassemble controller, drive unit, or motor.
Collect and dispose of the spent batteries and the backlights for LCD according to the local laws.
(8) General precautions
To explain the details, drawings given in the instruction manual, etc., may show the unit with the cover or safety partition removed. When operating the product, always place the cover or partitions back to their original position, and operate as indicated in the instruction manual, etc.
Treatment of waste
The following two laws will apply when disposing of this product. Considerations must be made to each law.
The following laws are in effect in Japan. Thus, when using this product overseas, the local laws will have a priority. If necessary, indicate or notify these laws to the final user of the product.
(1) Requirements for "Law for Promotion of Effective Utilization of Resources"
(a) Recycle as much of this product as possible when finished with use.
(b) When recycling, often parts are sorted into steel scraps and electric parts, etc., and sold to scrap contractors. Mitsubishi recommends sorting the product and selling the members to appropriate contractors.
(2) Requirements for "Law for Treatment of Waste and Cleaning"
(a) Mitsubishi recommends recycling and selling the product when no longer needed according to item
(1) above. The user should make an effort to reduce waste in this manner.
(b) When disposing a product that cannot be resold, it shall be treated as a waste product.
(c) The treatment of industrial waste must be commissioned to a licensed industrial waste treatment contractor, and appropriate measures, including a manifest control, must be taken.
(d) Batteries correspond to "primary batteries", and must be disposed of according to local disposal laws.
Disposal
(Note) This symbol mark is for EU countries only.
This symbol mark is according to the directive 2006/66/EC Article 20 Information for endusers and Annex II.
Your MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC product is designed and manufactured with high quality materials and components which can be recycled and/or reused.
This symbol means that batteries and accumulators, at their end-of-life, should be disposed of separately from your household waste.
If a chemical symbol is printed beneath the symbol shown above, this chemical symbol means that the battery or accumulator contains a heavy metal at a certain concentration. This will be indicated as follows:
Hg: mercury (0,0005%), Cd: cadmium (0,002%), Pb: lead (0,004%)
In the European Union there are separate collection systems for used batteries and accumulators.
Please, dispose of batteries and accumulators correctly at your local community waste collection/ recycling centre.
Please, help us to conserve the environment we live in!
Trademarks
MELDAS, MELSEC, EZSocket, EZMotion, iQ Platform, MELSOFT, GOT, CC-Link, CC-Link/LT and CC-Link
IE are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation in Japan and/or other countries.
Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
Microsoft® and Windows® are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States and/or other countries.
CompactFlash and CF are either trademarks or registered trademarks of SanDisk Corporation in the United
States and/or other countries.
UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and/or other countries.
Intel® and Pentium® are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
Other company and product names that appear in this manual are trademarks or registered trademarks of the respective companies.
本製品の取扱いについて
( 日本語 /Japanese)
本製品は工業用 ( クラス A) 電磁環境適合機器です。販売者あるいは使用者はこの点に注意し、住商業環境以外で
の使用をお願いいたします。
Handling of our product
(English)
This is a class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.
본 제품의 취급에 대해서
( 한국어 /Korean)
이 기기는 업무용 (A 급 ) 전자파적합기기로서 판매자 또는 사용자는 이 점을 주의하시기 바라며 가정외의 지역에
서 사용하는 것을 목적으로 합니다 .
Contents
1 System Configuration.................................................................................................................................. 1
1.1 System Basic Configuration Drawing..................................................................................................... 2
1.2 General Connection Diagram ................................................................................................................ 3
1.2.1 Without Touch Panel...................................................................................................................... 3
1.2.2 With Touch Panel........................................................................................................................... 4
1.2.3 For 15-type display unit.................................................................................................................. 5
1.3 List of Configuration ............................................................................................................................... 6
1.3.1 List of Units .................................................................................................................................... 6
1.3.2 Durable Parts ................................................................................................................................. 8
1.3.3 Replacements ................................................................................................................................ 9
1.3.4 List of Cables ................................................................................................................................. 9
2 General Specifications .............................................................................................................................. 11
2.1 Environment Conditions....................................................................................................................... 12
2.2 Control Unit .......................................................................................................................................... 14
2.3 Display Unit.......................................................................................................................................... 26
2.4 Keyboard Unit ...................................................................................................................................... 30
2.5 Operation Panel I/O Unit...................................................................................................................... 38
2.6 Remote I/O Unit ................................................................................................................................... 49
2.7 Scan I/O Unit........................................................................................................................................ 56
2.8 External Power Supply Unit ................................................................................................................. 67
2.9 Manual Pulse Generator ...................................................................................................................... 69
2.10 Synchronous Feed Encoder .............................................................................................................. 71
2.11 Optical Communication Repeater Unit (FCU7-EX022) ...................................................................... 72
2.12 MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel .................................................................................... 75
2.12.1 MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel A......................................................................... 75
2.12.2 MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel B......................................................................... 82
2.13 Exclusive CF Cards for MITSUBISHI CNC........................................................................................ 86
2.13.1 Precautions for Use of Commercially Available CF Cards......................................................... 86
3 Installation .................................................................................................................................................. 87
3.1 Heat Radiation Countermeasures........................................................................................................ 88
3.2 Noise Countermeasures ...................................................................................................................... 91
3.2.1 Connection of FG (Frame Ground) .............................................................................................. 91
3.2.2 Shield Clamping of Cables........................................................................................................... 92
3.2.3 Connecting Spark Killers.............................................................................................................. 92
3.3 Unit Installation .................................................................................................................................... 93
3.3.1 Display Unit.................................................................................................................................. 93
3.3.2 Keyboard Unit .............................................................................................................................. 94
3.3.3 Operation Panel I/O Unit.............................................................................................................. 94
3.3.4 Control Unit Battery...................................................................................................................... 95
3.3.5 CC-Link Unit................................................................................................................................. 96
4 Connection ................................................................................................................................................. 99
4.1 Precautions for Wiring........................................................................................................................ 100
4.1.1 Precautions when Connecting/Disconnecting Cables ............................................................... 100
4.1.2 Precautions for Using Optical Communication Cable ................................................................ 103
4.1.2.1 Optical Communication Cable Outline and Parts .............................................................. 103
4.1.2.2 Precautions for Handling Optical Communication Cable ................................................... 103
4.1.2.3 Precautions for Laying Optical Communication Cable ...................................................... 104
4.1.3 Precautions for Connecting 24V Power Supply ......................................................................... 104
4.2 Connection of Control Unit................................................................................................................. 105
4.2.1 Control Unit Connection System Drawing.................................................................................. 105
4.2.2 Connecting with Power Supply .................................................................................................. 106
4.2.3 Connecting with Emergency Stop Signal................................................................................... 107
4.2.4 Connecting with Operation Panel I/O Unit ................................................................................. 109
4.2.5 Connecting with Drive Unit......................................................................................................... 110
4.2.5.1 Connecting with MDS-D2/DH2 Series ............................................................................... 111
4.2.5.2 Connecting with MDS-DM2 Series .................................................................................... 113
4.2.5.3 Connecting with MDS-DJ Series........................................................................................ 114
4.2.6 Connecting with Optical Communication Repeater Unit ............................................................ 115
4.2.7 Connecting with I/O Devices via CC-Link .................................................................................. 117
4.2.8 Connecting with RS-232C Device.............................................................................................. 119
4.2.9 Connecting with Skip Signal (Sensor)........................................................................................ 121
4.2.10 Connecting with Synchronous Feed Encoder/ Manual Pulse Generator................................. 123
4.2.10.1 Handle Numbers .............................................................................................................. 123
4.2.11 Connecting with Safety Observing I/O Device ......................................................................... 124
4.2.11.1 Connection diagram using I/O unit................................................................................... 124
4.2.11.2 Connection diagram using the STO-compatible drive system ........................................ 125
4.3 Connection of Operation Panel I/O Unit............................................................................................. 126
4.3.1 Operation Panel I/O Unit Connection System Drawing ............................................................. 126
4.3.2 Connecting with Keyboard Unit.................................................................................................. 127
4.3.3 Connecting with Manual Pulse Generator (MPG) ...................................................................... 128
4.3.3.1 Handle Numbers ................................................................................................................ 129
4.3.4 Connecting with Machine Operation Panel................................................................................ 129
4.3.4.1 Wiring for 24V Common Input............................................................................................ 130
4.3.4.2 Wiring for 0V Common Input.............................................................................................. 131
4.3.4.3 Wiring for Sink Type Output (FCU7-DX710/DX720/DX730).............................................. 132
4.3.4.4 Wiring for Source Type Output (FCU7-DX711/DX721/DX731) ......................................... 133
4.3.4.5 Outline of Analog Signal Output Circuit ............................................................................. 134
4.4 Connection of Remote I/O Unit .......................................................................................................... 135
4.4.1 Connection and Station No. Setting on Remote I/O Unit ........................................................... 135
4.4.2 Station No. Setting when Using Multiple Remote I/O Units ....................................................... 137
4.4.3 Connecting FCUA-DX10x/14x Unit with Machine Control Signal .............................................. 141
4.4.4 Connecting FCUA-DX14x Unit with Analog Input/Output Signal ............................................... 143
4.4.5 Connecting FCUA-DX11x Unit with Machine Control Signal ..................................................... 144
4.4.6 Connecting FCUA-DX12x Unit with Machine Control Signal ..................................................... 146
4.5 Connection of MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel ............................................................. 148
4.6 Connection of Scan I/O card .............................................................................................................. 151
Appendix 1 Cable ........................................................................................................................................ 153
Appendix 1.1 Cable Wire and Assembly.................................................................................................. 155
Appendix 1.2 CNP2E-1 Cable.................................................................................................................. 157
Appendix 1.3 CNP3EZ-2P/CNP3EZ-3P Cable ........................................................................................ 158
Appendix 1.4 CNV22J-K1P / CNV22J-K2P Cable ................................................................................... 159
Appendix 1.5 CNV2E-6P/CNV2E-7P Cable............................................................................................. 160
Appendix 1.6 CNV2E-8P/CNV2E-9P Cable............................................................................................. 161
Appendix 1.7 CNV2E-D Cable ................................................................................................................. 162
Appendix 1.8 CNV2E-HP Cable............................................................................................................... 163
Appendix 1.9 CNV2E-K1P / CNV2E-K2P Cable...................................................................................... 164
Appendix 1.10 DG21 Cable ..................................................................................................................... 165
Appendix 1.11 DG22 Cable ..................................................................................................................... 166
Appendix 1.12 DG23 Cable ..................................................................................................................... 167
Appendix 1.13 DG24 Cable ..................................................................................................................... 168
Appendix 1.14 F023/F024 Cable ............................................................................................................. 169
Appendix 1.15 F034/F035 Cable ............................................................................................................. 170
Appendix 1.16 F070 Cable....................................................................................................................... 171
Appendix 1.17 F110 Cable....................................................................................................................... 172
Appendix 1.18 F120 Cable....................................................................................................................... 173
Appendix 1.19 F170 Cable....................................................................................................................... 174
Appendix 1.20 F221 Cable....................................................................................................................... 175
Appendix 1.21 F320/F321 Cable ............................................................................................................. 176
Appendix 1.22 F351 Cable....................................................................................................................... 177
Appendix 1.23 FCUA-R030 Cable ........................................................................................................... 178
Appendix 1.24 FCUA-R031 Cable ........................................................................................................... 179
Appendix 1.25 FCUA-R050/R054 Cable.................................................................................................. 180
Appendix 1.26 FCUA-R211 Cable ........................................................................................................... 181
Appendix 1.27 FCUA-R300/FCUA-R301 Cable....................................................................................... 182
Appendix 1.28 G011 Cable ...................................................................................................................... 184
Appendix 1.29 G012 Cable...................................................................................................................... 185
Appendix 1.30 G023/G024 Cable ............................................................................................................ 186
Appendix 1.31 G071 Cable...................................................................................................................... 187
Appendix 1.32 G214 Cable...................................................................................................................... 188
Appendix 1.33 G300 Cable...................................................................................................................... 189
Appendix 1.34 G301 Cable...................................................................................................................... 190
Appendix 1.35 G380 Cable...................................................................................................................... 191
Appendix 1.36 G395 Cable...................................................................................................................... 192
Appendix 1.37 G396 Cable...................................................................................................................... 193
Appendix 1.38 G460 Cable...................................................................................................................... 194
Appendix 1.39 MR-BKS1CBL-A1-H / MR-BKS1CBL-A2-H Cable ........................................................... 195
Appendix 1.40 MR-PWS1CBL-A1-H / MR-PWS1CBL-A2-H Cable ......................................................... 196
Appendix 1.41 R-TM Terminator Connector ............................................................................................ 197
Appendix 1.42 SH21 Cable...................................................................................................................... 198
Appendix 1.43 SH41 Cable...................................................................................................................... 199
Appendix 1.44 List of Cable Connector Sets ........................................................................................... 200
Appendix 2 EMC Installation Guidelines .................................................................................................. 201
Appendix 2.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................ 202
Appendix 2.2 EMC Directives .................................................................................................................. 202
Appendix 2.3 EMC Measures .................................................................................................................. 203
Appendix 2.4 Panel Structure .................................................................................................................. 203
Appendix 2.4.1 Measures for Control Panel Body .............................................................................. 203
Appendix 2.4.2 Measures for Door ..................................................................................................... 204
Appendix 2.4.3 Measures for Power Supply....................................................................................... 204
Appendix 2.5 Measures for Wiring in Panel............................................................................................. 205
Appendix 2.5.1 Precautions for Wiring in Panel.................................................................................. 205
Appendix 2.5.2 Shield Treatment of Cables ....................................................................................... 206
Appendix 2.6 EMC Countermeasure Parts .............................................................................................. 208
Appendix 2.6.1 Shield Clamp Fitting................................................................................................... 208
Appendix 2.6.2 Ferrite Core................................................................................................................ 209
Appendix 2.6.3 Surge Absorber.......................................................................................................... 210
Appendix 2.6.4 Selection of Stabilized Power Supply ........................................................................ 212
Appendix 3 Restrictions for Lithium Batteries......................................................................................... 213
Appendix 3.1 Restriction for Packing ....................................................................................................... 214
Appendix 3.1.1 Target Products ......................................................................................................... 215
Appendix 3.1.2 Handling by User ....................................................................................................... 216
Appendix 3.1.3 Reference .................................................................................................................. 217
Appendix 3.2 Products information data sheet (ER battery) .................................................................... 218
Appendix 3.3 Issuing Domestic Law of the United States for Primary Lithium Battery Transportation.... 220
Appendix 3.3.1 Outline of Regulation ................................................................................................. 220
Appendix 3.3.2 Target Products ......................................................................................................... 220
Appendix 3.3.3 Handling by User ....................................................................................................... 220
Appendix 3.3.4 Reference .................................................................................................................. 220
Appendix 3.4 Restriction related to EU Battery Directive......................................................................... 221
Appendix 3.4.1 Important Notes ......................................................................................................... 221
Appendix 3.4.2 Information for end-user............................................................................................. 221
Appendix 4 Precautions for Compliance to UL/c-UL Standards ............................................................ 223
1
System Configuration
1
MITSUBISHI CNC
1 System Configuration
1.1 System Basic Configuration Drawing
Display unit
Keyboard unit
Remote I/O unit
Control unit
Operation panel
I/O unit
Manual pulse generator
Synchronous feed encoder
Remote I/O unit
Manual pulse generator
Servo/Spindle drive units
Motors
(Note 1) Control unit is mounted on the back side of the display unit.
(Note 2) Operation panel I/O unit is mounted on the back side of the keyboard unit.
(Note 3) For the drive unit configuration, refer to the Instruction Manual of the drive unit you use.
2
M700VS Series Connection Manual
1.2 General Connection Diagram
1.2 General Connection Diagram
1.2.1 Without Touch Panel
Dotted lines indicate the sections prepared by the machine tool builder.
<> Angle brackets indicates attached cable of unit.
L1 L2 L3
No-fuse breaker (NFB)
ON OFF
MC
MC
MC
CP/NFB
24VDC stabilized power supply
ACIN
DCOUT
FG
FG
EMG
F120
Ethernet device
G300/G301
F070
1ch: F034
2ch: F035
RS232C device
EMG LCD
INV CNC control unit
LAN
FCU7-MU531/541
FCU7-MA541
FRONT
DCIN
Expansion unit
(option)
FCU7-HN7xx
SIO2
SIO1
MENUKEY
OPT1 OPT2 SKIP ENC CG72 RIO1 CG71
<CCFL : F480>
<LED : G488>
<8.4-type : G097/G497>
<10.4-type : G098/G492/G499>
<8.4-type : G487>
<10.4-type : G482/G484>
<LED : G487>
CCFL : Backlight inverter
LED : HN281
Front memory
I/F card
USB memory I/F
CF card I/F
Display unit
8.4-type FCU7-DU120-11
10.4
-type FCU7-DU140-11
(VGA:640 x 480)
Menu keys
Keyboard unit
FCU7-KB0xx
Operation panel
I/O unit
FCU7-DX7xx
Machine operation panel made by the machine tool builder
Circuit protector (CP)
G011 max. 0.5m
CG71
F351
CP/NFB
RIO3 MPG
NCKB
<G402>
Manual pulse generator
AC reactor
D-AL
12V:F320/F321
5V:F023/F024
2ch
Drive units
Contactor
MC
G395/G396/G380
G395/G396/G380
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
F070
DCIN
FCUA - DX1xx
DI-L/R
RIO1 RIO2
FCUA-
R300
/R301
Machine control relay/contact
FCUA-R211
/SH41 To the next remote I/O or terminator
Skip signal input
FCUA-R030
Max. 8 points
ENC
Manual pulse generator
2ch
5V:G023/G024
Synchronous feed encoder
Select
FCUA-R050/054
24VDC
F070
Remote I/O unit
DCIN
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
F070
DCIN
FCUA - DX1xx
FCUA - DX1xx
DI-L/R DI-L/R
RIO1 RIO2 RIO1 RIO2
FCUA-
R300
/R301
Machine control relay/contact
FCUA-R211
/SH41
FCUA-R211
/SH41
To the next remote I/O or terminator
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
F070
DCIN
FCUA - DX1xx
DI-L/R
RIO1 RIO2
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
DCIN
F070
FCUA - DX1xx
DI-L/R
RIO1 RIO2
FCUA-
R300
/R301
Machine control relay/contact
G214
FCUA-R211
/SH41
To the next remote I/O or terminator
(*RIO2)
(Note1) For information on how to connect the drive unit, refer to the drive unit's manual.
(Note2) For a connection of the MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel, refer to "Connection:Connection of
MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel" to be described.
3
MITSUBISHI CNC
1 System Configuration
1.2.2 With Touch Panel
Dotted lines indicate the sections prepared by the machine tool builder.
<> Angle brackets indicates attached cable of unit.
L1 L2 L3
No-fuse breaker (NFB)
ON OFF
MC
MC
MC
CP/NFB
24VDC stabilized power supply
ACIN
DCOUT
FG
FG
EMG
F120
Ethernet device
G300/G301
F070
1ch: F034
2ch: F035
RS232C device
EMG
LAN
DCIN
SIO2
SIO1
CNC control unit
FCU7-MU531/541
FCU7-MA541
Expansion unit
(option)
FCU7-HN7xx
LCD
INV
FRONT
<G098/G492/G499>
<F480> <G482/G484>
Backlight inverter
Front memory
I/F card
USB memory
I/F
CF card I/F
<G422>
HN244
TPIN
TESTIN
Touch panel display unit
FCU7-DU140-31
(10.4-typeVGA:640x480)
TP
MENUKEY
OPT1 OPT2 SKIP ENC CG72 RIO1 CG71
Keyboard unit
FCU7-KB0xx
Menu keys
Operation panel
I/O unit
FCU7-DX7xx
Machine operation panel made by the machine tool builder
Circuit protector (CP)
G011 max. 0.5m
CG71
F351
CP/NFB
RIO3 MPG
NCKB
<G402>
AC reactor
D-AL
12V:F320/F321
5V:F023/F024
2ch
Manual pulse generator
Drive units
Contactor
MC
G395/G396/G380
G395/G396/G380
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
F070
DCIN
FCUA - DX1xx
DI-L/R
RIO1 RIO2
FCUA-
R300
/R301
Machine control relay/contact
FCUA-R211
/SH41
To the next remote I/O or terminator
Skip signal input
FCUA-R030
Max. 8 points
ENC
Manual pulse generator
2ch
5V:G023/G024
Synchronous feed encoder
Select
FCUA-R050/054
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
DCIN
F070
FCUA - DX1xx
DI-L/R
24VDC
F070
Remote I/O unit
DCIN
FCUA - DX1xx
DI-L/R
RIO1 RIO2 RIO1 RIO2
FCUA-
R300
/R301
Machine control relay/contact
FCUA-R211
/SH41
FCUA-R211
/SH41
To the next remote I/O or terminator
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
F070
DCIN
FCUA - DX1xx
DI-L/R
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
F070
DCIN
FCUA - DX1xx
DI-L/R
RIO1 RIO2 RIO1 RIO2
FCUA-
R300
/R301
Machine control relay/contact
G214
FCUA-R211
/SH41
To the next remote I/O or terminator
(*RIO2)
(Note1) For information on how to connect the drive unit, refer to the drive unit's manual.
(Note2) For a connection of the MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel, refer to "Connection :Connection of
MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel" to be described.
4
M700VS Series Connection Manual
1.2 General Connection Diagram
1.2.3 For 15-type display unit
Dotted lines indicate the sections prepared by the machine tool builder.
<> Angle brackets indicates attached cable of unit.
L1 L2 L3
No-fuse breaker (NFB)
ON OFF
MC
MC
MC
CP/NFB
24VDC stabilized power supply
ACIN
DCOUT
FG
FG
EMG
F120
Ethernet device
G300/G301
F070
1ch: F034
2ch: F035
RS232C device
EMG
LAN
DCIN
SIO2
SIO1
INV
CNC control unit
TP
FCU7-MU531/541
MENUKEY
FCU7-MA541
Expansion unit
(option)
FCU7-HN7xx
LCD
FRONT
OPT1 OPT2 SKIP ENC CG72 RIO1 CG71
HN278
LCD DSPLV
<G498>
PWR BL
<G488>
3.3VIN
<G423>
<G450>
MENUKEY
MENUKEY700
<G092>
<G489>
Display unit
䇭
FCU7-DU180-11
(XGA:1024 x 768)
Front memory
I/F card
USB memory
I/F
CF card I/F
Keyboard unit
FCU7-KB0xx
Menu keys
Operation panel
I/O unit
FCU7-DX7xx
Machine operation panel made by the machine tool builder
Circuit protector (CP)
G011
/G012
CG71
F351
CP/NFB
RIO3 MPG
NCKB
<G402>
AC reactor
D-AL
12V:F320/F321
5V:F023/F024
2ch
Manual pulse generator
Drive units
Contactor
MC
G395/G396/G380
G395/G396/G380
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
F070
DCIN
FCUA - DX1xx
DI-L/R
RIO1 RIO2
FCUA-
R300
/R301
Machine control relay/contact
FCUA-R211
/SH41 To the next remote I/O or terminator
Skip signal input
FCUA-R030
Max. 8 points
ENC
Manual pulse generator
2ch
5V:G023/G024
Synchronous feed encoder
Select
FCUA-R050/054
24VDC
DCIN
F070
Remote I/O unit
FCUA - DX1xx
DI-L/R
24VDC
F070
Remote I/O unit
DCIN
FCUA - DX1xx
DI-L/R
RIO1 RIO2 RIO1 RIO2
FCUA-
R300
/R301
Machine control relay/contact
FCUA-R211
/SH41
FCUA-R211
/SH41
To the next remote I/O or terminator
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
F070
DCIN
FCUA - DX1xx
DI-L/R
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
DCIN
F070
FCUA - DX1xx
DI-L/R
RIO1 RIO2 RIO1 RIO2
FCUA-
R300
/R301
Machine control relay/contact
G214
FCUA-R211
/SH41
To the next remote I/O or terminator
(*RIO2)
(Note1) For information on how to connect the drive unit, refer to the drive unit's manual.
(Note2) For a connection of the MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel, refer to "Connection :Connection of
MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel" to be described.
5
MITSUBISHI CNC
1 System Configuration
1.3 List of Configuration
1.3.1 List of Units
[Control unit]
Classification
NC functions and display controller
For M720VS
NC functions and display controller
For M730VS
NC functions and display controller
For M750VS
[Display unit]
Type
FCU7-MU531
FCU7-MU541
FCU7-MA541
8.4-type color TFT
(VGA:640*480)
FCU7-DU120-11
10.4-type color TFT
(VGA:640*480)
10.4-type color TFT touch panel
(VGA:640*480)
15-type color TFT
(XGA:1024*768)
[Keyboard unit]
Keyboard for 8.4-type display unit
Sheet keys
Keyboard for 8.4-type display unit
Lathe system sheet keys
Keyboard for 8.4-type display unit
Clear keys
Keyboard for 8.4-type display unit
Sheet keys
Keyboard for 10.4-type display unit
Sheet keys
Keyboard for 10.4-type display unit
Clear keys
Keyboard for 10.4-type display unit
Clear keys
Keyboard for 10.4-type display unit
Clear keys
FCU7-DU140-11
FCU7-DU140-31
FCU7-DU180-11
FCU7-KB024
FCU7-KB025
FCU7-KB026
FCU7-KB029
FCU7-KB044
FCU7-KB046
FCU7-KB047
FCU7-KB048
Components
Main control card
Base card
Front side memory I/F card
Main control card
Base card
Front side memory I/F card
Main control card
Base card
Front side memory I/F card
LCD panel
Backlight inverter
Menu keys
Inverter cable
LCD cable
LCD panel
Backlight inverter
Menu keys
Inverter cable
LCD cable
Backlight cable
LCD panel
Backlight inverter
Menu keys
Touch panel
Touch panel control card
Touch panel cable
Inverter cable
LCD cable
Backlight cable
LCD panel
Menu keys
Menu key cable
LCD cable (2 cables)
Power cable
Inverter cable
Backlight cable
PCB
Escutcheon, key switch
G402 cable
Escutcheon, key switch
G402 cable
Escutcheon, key switch
G402 cable
Escutcheon, key switch
G402 cable
Escutcheon, key switch
G402 cable
Escutcheon, key switch
G402 cable
Escutcheon, key switch
G402 cable
Escutcheon, key switch
G402 cable
Remarks
Export Tarde Control Order and Foreign
Exchange Order noncompliant unit
Export Tarde Control Order and Foreign
Exchange Order noncompliant unit
Export Tarde Control Order and Foreign
Exchange Order compliant unit
Front side memory I/F is normally equipped with the control unit
Front side memory I/F is normally equipped with the control unit
Front side memory I/F is normally equipped with the control unit
Front side memory I/F is normally equipped with the control unit
ONG layout (for M system/L system, XYZ)
ONG layout (for L system, XZF)
ONG layout (for M system/L system, XYZ)
ONG layout (for M system/L system, XYZ)(in tandem)
ONG layout (for M system/L system, XYZ)
ONG layout (for M system/L system, XYZ)
Full keyboard (for M system/L system)(in tandem)
ABC layout (for M system/L system)
6
M700VS Series Connection Manual
1.3 List of Configuration
Classification
[Operation panel I/O unit]
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Sink output
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Sink output
AO Analog output
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Sink output
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Source output
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Source output
AO Analog output
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Source output
[Remote I/O unit]
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Sink output
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Sink output
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Sink output
AO Analog output
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Sink output
AI Analog input
AO Analog output
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Source output
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Source output
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Source output
AO Analog output
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Source output
AI Analog input
AO Analog output
[Scan I/O card]
Sink type
Source type
Type
FCU7-DX710
Components
Base card
Terminator (R-TM)
FCU7-DX720
FCU7-DX730
FCU7-DX711
Base card
Terminator (R-TM)
Add-on card
Base card
Terminator (R-TM)
Add-on card
Base card
Terminator (R-TM)
FCU7-DX721
FCU7-DX731
Base card
Terminator (R-TM)
Add-on card
Base card
Terminator (R-TM)
Add-on card
FCUA-DX100 RX311
FCUA-DX110 RX311+RX321-1
FCUA-DX120 RX311+RX321
FCUA-DX140 RX311+RX341
FCUA-DX101 RX312
FCUA-DX111 RX312+RX322-1
FCUA-DX121 RX312+RX322
FCUA-DX141 RX312+RX341
HR347
HR357
HR347
HR357
Remarks
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type
DO: 64-points sink type
MPG:2ch
Occupied stations (fixed): 1, 2, 7, 8
RIO3 extensible stations: 3, 4, 5, 6
DI: 96-points 24V/0V common type
DO: 80-points sink type
MPG:2ch
AO: 1 point
Occupied stations (fixed): 1, 2, 3, 7, 8
RIO3 extensible stations: 4, 5, 6
DI: 96-points 24V/0V common type
DO: 96-points sink type
MPG: 2ch
Occupied stations (fixed): 1, 2, 3, 7, 8
RIO3 extensible stations: 4, 5, 6
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type
DO: 64-points source type
MPG:2ch
Occupied stations (fixed): 1, 2, 7, 8
RIO3 extensible stations: 3, 4, 5, 6
DI: 96-points 24V/0V common type
DO: 80-points source type
MPG:2ch
AO: 1 point
Occupied stations (fixed): 1, 2, 3, 7, 8
RIO3 extensible stations: 4, 5, 6
DI: 96-points 24V/0V common type
DO: 96-points source type
MPG:2ch
Occupied stations (fixed): 1, 2, 3, 7, 8
RIO3 extensible stations: 4, 5, 6
DI: 32-points 24V/0V common type
(photo coupler insulation)
DO: 32-points sink type (non-insulation)
Number of occupied stations: 1
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type
(photo coupler insulation)
DO: 48-points sink type (non-insulation)
Number of occupied stations: 2
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type
(photo coupler insulation)
DO: 48-points sink type (non-insulation)
AO: 1 point
Number of occupied stations: 2
DI: 32-points 24V/0V common type
(photo coupler insulation)
DO: 32-points sink type (non-insulation)
AI: 4 points
AO: 1 point
Number of occupied stations: 2
DI: 32-points 24V/0V common type
(photo coupler insulation)
DO: 32-points source type (non-insulation)
Number of occupied stations: 1
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type
(photo coupler insulation)
DO: 48-points source type (non-insulation)
Number of occupied stations: 2
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type
(photo coupler insulation)
DO: 48-points source type (non-insulation)
AO: 1 point
Number of occupied stations: 2
DI: 32-points 24V/0V common type
(photo coupler insulation)
DO: 32-points source type (non-insulation)
AI: 4 points
AO: 1 point
Number of occupied stations: 2
Scan DI/DO = 64 points/64 points
DI/DO = 32 points/32 points
Scan DI/DO = 64 points/64 points
DI/DO = 32 points/32 points
7
MITSUBISHI CNC
1 System Configuration
Classification
[External power supply unit]
External power supply with power supply
ON/OFF function
[Manual pulse generator]
PD25
5V Manual pulse generator
Type
UFO-01-2Z9
12V Manual pulse generator
[Encoder]
HD60C
Synchronous feed encoder
[CC-Link unit]
CC-Link
[External PLC Link]
DeviceNet/FL-net
[Optical communication repeater unit]
OSE1024-3-15-68
FCU7-HN746
FCU7-HN747
Optical communication repeater unit FCU7-EX022
[MITSUBISHI CNC machine operation panel]
MITSUBISHI CNC machine operation
FCU7-KB921 panel A
MITSUBISHI CNC machine operation
FCU7-KB926 panel B
[Cable connector sets]
For ENC,SKIP,SIO,MPG,AO FCUA-CS000
For RIO FCUA-CS301
For PD25/PD27 ACIN
For PD25/PD27 DCOUT
For PD25/PD27 ON/OFF
For EMG F120
FCUA-CN200
3-178127-6
1-175218-5
1-178288-5
1-175218-5
005057-9403
0016020103
FCUA-CN211 For RIO
For DCIN,F070 FCUA-CN220
For DIO
[Original manufactured memory card]
Exclusive CF cards for MITSUBISHI CNC
FCUA-CN300
FCU7-CF256M
256MB
Exclusive CF cards for MITSUBISHI CNC
2GB
FCU7-CF002G
Components
Power supply card
Case set
UFO-01-2Z9
(Produced by NIDEC NEMICON)
HD60C
OSE1024-3-15-68
HN746
HN747
FCU7-EX022
Escutcheon, key switch control card
Escutcheon, Switch
Connector (10120-3000VE,2pcs),
Shell kit (10320-52F0-008,2pcs)
Connector (7940-6500SC,4pcs.),
Strain relief (3448-7940,2pcs.)
Connector (2-178128-3),
Contact (1-175218-5,3pcs.)
Connector (3-178127-6),
Contact (1-175218-5,6pcs.)
Connector (1-178288-5),
Contact (1-175218-5,6pcs.)
Connector (005057-9403),
Contact (0016020103,3pcs.)
Connector (1-178288-3),
Contact (1-175218-2,3pcs.)
Connector (2-178288-3),
Contact (1-175218-5,3pcs)
Connector (7940-6500SC,2pcs.)
FCU7-CF256M
FCU7-CF002G
Input 200VAC
Output 24VDC (3A)
Remarks
Input 5VDC
100pulse/rev
Input 12VDC
25pulse/rev
Input 5VDC
1024pulse/rev
CC-Link x 1ch
DeviceNet/FL-net
Using up to two units, relay of the total length of up to 90m can be performed.
Mitsubishi standard 55 key
256MB capacity
2GB capacity
(Note 1) Operation panel I/O unit can be mounted on the back side of the keyboard unit.
(Note 2) Operation panel I/O units for 700 Series (FCU7-DX67x/ FCU7-DX77x) are not available.
(Note 3) DI: Digital input signals, DO: Digital output signals, AI: Analog input signals, AO: Analog output signals
1.3.2 Durable Parts
Control unit battery
Durable parts
Backlight for FCU7-DU120-11(*)
Backlight for FCU7-DU140-11/31(*)
Backlight for FCU7-DU180-11(*)
Touch panel protective sheet for FCU7-DU140-31
Key sheet for FCU7-KB024/044
Key sheet for FCU7-KB025
Key sheet for FCU7-KB029
Part type
Q6BAT
84LHS06(for unit version "*" to "B")
84LHS16(for unit version "C" and later)
104LHS52
150LHS202
N939B036G51
N330B532G51
N330B532G52
N330A565G51
(*) Contact the Service Center, Service Station, Sales Office or delayer for repairs or part replacement.
8
M700VS Series Connection Manual
1.3 List of Configuration
1.3.3 Replacements
Replacements
Protection fuse
Front memory I/F card CF-700 (with USB) (*)
LM40
FCU7-HN793
Part type
(*) Contact the Service Center, Service Station, Sales Office or delayer for repairs or part replacement.
1.3.4 List of Cables
Type
F034 LxM
F035 LxM
F070 LxM
F110 LxM
F120 LxM
F170 LxM
F221 LxM
Application
Length (m) of cables provided by Mitsubishi
Max. cable length
CNP2E-1-xM
CNP3EZ-2P-xM
CNP3EZ-3P-xM
CNV22J-K1P-0.3M
CNV22J-K2P-0.3M
CNV2E-6P-xM
CNV2E-7P-xM
CNV2E-8P-xM
CNV2E-9P-xM
CNV2E-D-xM
CNV2E-HP-xM
CNV2E-K1P-xM
CNV2E-K2P-xM
DG21-xM
DG22-xM
DG23-xM
DG24-xM
F023 LxM
F024 LxM
F320 LxM
F321 LxM
Motor side PLG cable
Spindle side accuracy detector
TS5690 cable
Spindle side detector cable
OSE-1024 cable
Spindle side detector cable
OSE-1024 cable
For HF-KP (Servo) Motor side detector relay cable (motor side)
Lead out in direction of motor shaft
Compatible with only IP65
For HF-KP (Servo) Motor side detector relay cable (motor side)
Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft
Compatible with only IP65
Motor side detector cable (for A51/A74N(/A74)) /
Ball screw side detector cable
Motor side detector cable (for A51/A74N(/A74)) /
Ball screw side detector cable
For HF/HF-H, HF-KP (Tool spindle) Motor side detector cable (for A48/
A51/A74N(/A74)) /
For HF-KP (Servo) Motor side detector relay cable (Drive unit side)
For HF/HF-H, HF-KP (Tool spindle) Motor side detector cable (for A48/
A51/A74N(/A74))
MDS-B-SD unit cable
MDS-B-HR unit cable
For HF-KP (Servo) Motor side detector cable
Lead out in direction of motor shaft
Compatible with only IP65
For HF-KP (Servo) Motor side detector cable
Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft
Compatible with only IP65
Battery cable
(For drive unit - battery unit)
Battery cable
(For drive unit - drive unit)
(Note) This cable is required to supply the power from the battery unit to multiple drive units.
Battery cable
(For drive unit - battery box)
(Note) The battery box side is connected using a bare conductor or a terminal bar.
5V supply / DO output cable
(For drive unit - battery box)
(Note) The battery box side is connected using a bare conductor or a terminal bar.
Manual pulse generator cable (5V): 1ch
(for connection to operation panel I/O unit)
Manual pulse generator cable (5V): 2ch
(for connection to operation panel I/O unit)
RS-232C I/F cable: 1ch (for control unit)
RS-232C I/F cable: 2ch (for control unit)
24VDC power cable
24VDC power cable for PD25/PD27
Emergency stop cable
ON/OFF switch cable for PD25/PD27
Analog output cable
Manual pulse generator cable (12V): 1ch
(for connection to operation panel I/O unit)
Manual pulse generator cable (12V): 2ch
(for connection to operation panel I/O unit)
2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30
0.3
0.3
2, 3, 5, 7, 10
2, 3, 5, 7, 10
0.3, 0.5, 1, 5
0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10
0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10
0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10
1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15, 20
1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15, 20
0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 10
0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 10
0.5, 1.5, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15, 20
0.5, 1.5, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15
0.5, 1.5, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15, 20
0.5, 1.5, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15
1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15, 20
1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15, 20
1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15, 20
30m
2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 30m
2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 30m
0.3m
0.3m
2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 30m
2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 30m
2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 30m
2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 30m
2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 30m
2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 30m
10m
10m
5m
10m
10m
10m
20m
20m
50m
50m
15m (*)
15m (*)
30m
15m
30m
15m
30m
9
MITSUBISHI CNC
1 System Configuration
Type Application
F351
FCUA-R030-xM
FCUA-R031-xM
FCUA-R050-xM
FCUA-R054-xM
FCUA-R211-xM
FCUA-R300
FCUA-R301-xM
G011 LxM
G012 LxM
G023 LxM
G024 LxM
G071 LxM
G214
G300 LxM
G301 LxM
G380 LxM
G395 LxM
G396 LxM
G460 LxM
MR-BKS1CBLxM-
A1-H
MR-BKS1CBLxM-
A2-H
MR-PWS1CBLxM-
A1-H
MR-PWS1CBLxM-
A2-H
R-TM
SH21 LxM
SH41 LxM
DI/DO cable (one side connector)
(for operation panel I/O unit)
SKIP input cable
Analog input/output cable (for remote I/O unit)
Synchronous encoder - control unit (straight, with connector)
Synchronous encoder - control unit (right angle, with connector)
Remote I/O (with terminal block) between remote I/O, remote I/O - CNC control unit, remote I/O - Operation panel I/O unit, remote I/O - MITSUBISHI CNC machine operation panel A
DI/DO cable (one side connector)
(for remote I/O unit)
DI/DO cable (both side connectors)
(for remote I/O unit)
Operation panel I/O interface cable
Operation panel I/O interface cable
Manual pulse generator cable (5V): 1ch
(for connection to control unit)
Manual pulse generator cable (5V): 2ch
(for connection to control unit)
DC24V relay cable for MITSUBISHI CNC machine operation panel
Remote I/O cable
(NC for RIO2 - remote I/O unit)
LAN cross cable
(Shielded cable is recommended when the length will be 1m or more)
LAN straight cable
(Shielded cable is recommended when the length will be 1m or more)
Optical communication cable
For wiring between drive units (outside panel)
For optical communication repeater unit
Optical communication cable
For wiring between drive units (outside panel)
For wiring between NC-drive units
Optical communication cable
For wiring between drive units (inside panel)
Cable between MITSUBISHI CNC machine operation panel A and
MITSUBISHI CNC machine operation panel B
<200V Series>
Brake cable for HF-KP
Lead out in direction of motor shaft
<200V Series>
Brake cable for HF-KP
Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft
<200V Series>
Power cable for HF-KP
Lead out in direction of motor shaft
<200V Series>
Power cable for HF-KP
(Note) It can not be used with HF-KP13.
Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft
Terminator for remote I/O interface
Power supply communication cable
Power backup unit communication cable
Cable for Auxiliary axis/Servo drive unit
Remote I/O cable between remote I/O, remote I/O - CNC control unit, remote I/O - Operation panel I/O unit, remote I/O - MITSUBISHI CNC machine operation panel A
(between remote I/O units in a panel)
Length (m) of cables provided
3
3, 7
2, 3, 7
5
3
1, 2, 3, 5
0.5
1
1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15, 20
1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15, 20
0.5
1, 5, 10, 20
1, 3, 5, 10
1 by Mitsubishi
3, 5, 10, 15, 20
0.3, 1, 2, 5, 8, 10, 15, 20
5, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30
3, 5, 7, 10
0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5
0.5
2, 3, 5, 7, 10
2, 3, 5, 7, 10
2, 3, 5, 7, 10
2, 3, 5, 7, 10
0.3, 0.5, 0.7
Max. cable length
50m
20m
30m
30m
30m
30m (*)
30m
10m
10m
0.5m
10m
10m
10m
10m
-
0.35, 0.5, 0.7, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3,
-
3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 30m
30
1m (*)
50m
50m
0.5m
1m
20m (*)
20m (*)
0.5m
20m
10m
1m
(Note 1) "x" in type columns indicate cable length (unit: m).
(Note 2) Lengths indicated with an asterisk (*) in the max. cable length column indicate the maximum cable length when connecting via other unit.
10
2
General Specifications
11
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
2.1 Environment Conditions
Unit name Control unit
Item
Type
FCU7-MU531/541
FCU7-MA541
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
Working atmosphere ons Power voltage
During operation
During storage
Long term
Short term
24VDC ± 5%
Ripple noise 200mV
(P-P)
Power capacity
Instantaneous stop tolerance time
24V 2.5A
Heating value (max.)
Mass
Outline dimension
(kg)
(mm)
Display unit
FCU7-DU120-11/
140-x1/180-11
3.3V/12VDC
-
20ms
4.9m/s
29.4m/s
2
2
Keyboard unit
FCU7-KB024/025/026/
029
044/046/047/048
0 to 55C
-20 to 60C
10 to 75% RH (with no dew condensation)
10 to 95% RH (with no dew condensation) (Note 1)
5VDC
°
(Provided by the control unit)
FCU7-DX71x/72x/73x
or less (during operation)
or less (during operation)
No corrosive gases, dust or oil mist
-
°
Operation panel
I/O unit
3.3V/5VDC
(Note 2)
-
-
16W
1.0
235(W) x 173(H) x
103(D)
(Depth from the plate mounting surface: 90)
FCU7-DU120-11: 10W
FCU7-DU140-x1: 12W
FCU7-DU180-11:13W
1.0W
FCU7-DU120-11: 1.5
FCU7-DU140-x1: 2.0
FCU7-DU180-11:4.2
FCU7-DU120-11:
260(W) x 200H)
FCU7-DU140-x1:
290(W) x 220(H)
FCU7-DU180-11:
400(W) x 320(H)
FCU7-KB024/025/029/
044:0.8
FCU7-KB026/046:0.9
FCU7-KB047:1.2
FCU7-KB048:1.5
FCU7-KB024/025/026:
140(W) x 200(H)
FCU7-KB029:
260(W) x 140(H)
FCU7-KB044/046: 140(W) x 220(H)
FCU7-KB047:
290(W) x 160(H)
FCU7-KB048:
230(W) x 220(H)
Control section: 5W
(Note 3)
0.4
120(W) x 180(H)
Machine operation
FCU7-KB921/926
24VDC panel
± 5%(Note 7)
0.25A(Note 7)
20ms(min)(Note 7)
6W
FCU7-KB921:1.2
FCU7-KB926:0.5
FCU7-KB921:
260(W) x 140(H)
FCU7-KB926:
140(W) x 140(H)
12
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.1 Environment Conditions
Item
General
Specificati ons
Ambient
Unit name
Type temperature
During operation
During storage
Ambient humidity
Long term
Short term
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
Working atmosphere
Required power specificatio ns
Input power voltage
Power capacity
Instantaneous stop tolerance time
Others
Heating value
Mass
(max.)
FCUA-DX10x
24V 0.7A (Note 4)
25W (Note 5)
0.5kg
Remote I/O unit
FCUA-DX11x
0 to 55C
FCUA-DX12x
°
-20 to 60C
10 to 75% RH (with no dew condensation)
10 to 95% RH (with no dew condensation) (Note 1)
4.9m/s
0.6kg
2
29.4m/s
2
24VDC
°
or less (during operation)
or less (during operation)
No corrosive gases or dust
± 5% Ripple noise 200mV (P-P)
24V 1.5A (Note 4)
-
30W (Note 5)
0.6kg
FCUA-DX14x
24V 0.7A (Note 4)
30W (Note 5)
0.6kg
(Note 1) "Short term" means within one month.
(Note 2) For the current value of the I/O circuit, calculate with the number of points used and load.
(Note 3) For the heating value of the I/O circuit, calculate with the number of points used.
(Note 4) Allows only the amount to be consumed by control circuit.
(Note 5) Differs according to the number of machine input operation points and the load and number of points connected to the machine output. The maximum value applies when all points are ON.
(Note 6) MITSUBISHI CNC M700VS Series, which is an open equipment, must be installed within a sealed metal control panel.
(Note 7) FCU7-KB926 does not need 24VDC power supply input.
13
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
2.2 Control Unit
Dimension and names of parts
[FCU7-MU531/ FCU7-MU541/ FCU7-MA541]
(1) (2) (3)
21 82
100
235
214
208
(4) (5)
6
14
(1)
(2)
No.
CF
Connector name
USB
Function
Front CF card I/F
Front USB memory I/F
(3)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
INV
ADONCCB
LCD
EMG
DCIN
CG71
LAN
RIO1
MENUKEY
CG72
Display unit backlight inverter I/F
Expansion card slot
Display unit signal I/F
External emergency stop input
24VDC input
Operation panel I/O unit I/F
Ethernet I/F
Remote I/O unit I/F
Menu key I/F
Remote I/O unit I/F
(6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)
(22) (20)
(23)
(18) (19) (21)
(11) (17)
(19)
(20)
(21)
(22)
(23)
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
(18)
No.
(13)
SIO1
SIO2
SKIP
BAT
OPT1
OPT2
FG
TP
Connector name
ENC
Function
Encoder input 1ch
(5V manual pulse generator input 2ch)
RS-232C communication I/F 2ch
RS-232C communication I/F 2ch
Skip input 8ch
Battery (Q6BAT) I/F
Optical communication I/F
Optical communication I/F
FG terminal
Touch panel I/F
LED
Slide switch
Control unit is mounted on the back of the display unit.
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.2 Control Unit
(1) Front CF card I/F (CF)
It is recommended to use CF cards of the original equipment manufactured parts. Mitsubishi is unable to guarantee the machine operation when a commercially available CF card or SD memory card (SD-CF adapter is required) is used. In that case, performance check must be made carefully by machine tool builder.
(Refer to "General Specifications: Precautions for Use of Exclusive CF cards for MITSUBISHI CNC: Commercially
Available CF cards".)
(2) Front USB memory I/F (USB)
Do not connect devices other than USB memories.
When using a commercially available USB memory, performance check must be made by machine tool builder.
(3) Display unit backlight inverter I/F (INV)
(4) Expansion card slot (ADONCCB)
(5) Display unit signal I/F (LCD)
(6) External emergency stop input (EMG)
3 1
1
2
3
I
FG
EMG IN
O +24V
* Be sure to connect EMG terminal cable (G123) to the connector when not used.
<Cable side connector type>
Connector: 005057-9403
Contact: 0016020103 x3
Recommended manufacturer: MOLEX
15
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
(7) 24VDC input (DCIN)
1 3
1
2
3
I +24V
0V
FG
<Cable side connector type>
Connector: 2-178288-3
Contact: 1-175218-5 x3
Recommended manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
(a) Specifications of power supply
Consider the following characteristics when selecting the stabilized power supply (prepared by machine tool builder). Use a power supply that complies with CE Marking or that follows the safety standards given below.
[Stabilized power supply selection items]
Item
Output Voltage fluctuation
Ripple noise
Power capacity
Output holding time
Overcurrent protection
Standard setting
± 5% or less of
24VDC
200mV (P-P)
2.5A or more
20ms
Required
[Standards]
Safety Standards: UL1950, CSA C22.2 No.234 approved, IEC950 compliant
Noise Terminal Voltage: FCC Class A, VCCI-Class A
High Harmonics Current Restrictions: IEC61000-3-2
(Note) 24VDC voltage may drop instantaneously due to rush current at the beginning of 24V power supply to the control unit. The level of voltage drop depends on the capacity of the power supply. Do not share the power supply with the devices that have alarms to warn the voltage drop.
CAUTION
1. Using a stabilized power supply without overcurrent protection may cause the unit's failure due to miswiring of
24V.
16
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.2 Control Unit
(8) Operation panel I/O unit I/F (CG71)
13 1
26 14
7
8
5
6
3
4
1
2
9
10
11
12
13
O
I
O
O
GND
5V
5V
GND
KBCS0*
KBCS2*
KBAD1
KBD0
I
O
KBD2
KBRES*
O BUZOUT*
I/O TXRX3
O SCAN36
18
19
20
21
14
15
16
17
22
23
24
25
26
O
I
O
O
GND
5V
3.3V
GND
KBCS1*
KBAD0
KBAD2
KBD1
I
O
KBD3
RDYOUT*
3.3V
I/O TXRX3*
O SCAN37
* Connect connector case with FG pattern.
<Cable side connector type>
Plug: 10126-3000VE
Shell: 10326-52F0-008
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
(9) Ethernet I/F (LAN)
8 1
6
7
4
5
8
1
2
3
O TD+
O TD-
I RD+
I RD-
* Connect connector case with FG pattern.
* Use cross cable (G300) when directly connecting a device such as a personal computer to the unit.
<Cable side connector type>
Connector: 5-569550-3
Recommended manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
17
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
(10) Remote I/O unit I/F (RIO1)
Up to eight remote I/O stations can be connected.
1 3
1
2
3
I/O TXRX1
I/O TXRX1*
0V
<Cable side connector type>
Connector: 1-178288-3
Contact: 1-175218-2 x3
Recommended manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
(11) Menu key I/F (MENUKEY)
(12) Remote I/O unit I/F (CG72)
10 1
20 11
7
8
5
6
9
10
3
4
1
2
0V
NC
NC
NC
0V
NC
NC
I/O TXRX2
NC
NC
15
16
17
18
11
12
13
14
19
20
0V
NC
NC
NC
0V
NC
NC
I/O TXRX2*
NC
NC
* Connect connector case with FG pattern.
<Cable side connector type>
Plug: 10120-3000VE
Shell: 10320-52F0-008
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
18
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.2 Control Unit
(13) Encoder input 1ch/ 5V manual pulse generator input 2ch (ENC)
Synchronous feed encoder or 5V manual pulse generator can be connected to this connector.
10 1
20 11
9
10
7
8
5
6
3
4
1
2
I
I
I
O 5V
I HA2A
I
0V
ENC1Z
ENC1B
ENC1A
0V
HA1A
NC
O 5V
15
16
17
18
11
12
13
14
19
20
0V
I ENC1Z*
I ENC1B*
I ENC1A*
0V
O 5V
I HA2B
I HA1B
NC
O 5V
* Connect connector case with FG pattern.
<Cable side connector type>
Plug: 10120-3000VE
Shell: 10320-52F0-008
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
19
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
(a) Input for synchronous feed encoder
<Specification of input part>
Number of pulse phases
Three phases (A phase, B phase, a phase difference 90 degrees,
Z phase) (Refer to the waveform below.)
Signal output of the encoder
Line driver output
Signal voltage
Input voltage range
Differential-input voltage VIT+
0V to 5.25V
0.2V to 5.25V
Differential-input voltage VIT-
-5.25V to -0.2V
Power supply voltage
5VDC ± 10%
Current consumption
Number of pulses per rotation
Input frequency (rotation speed)
Cable length
200mA or less
1024 pulse/rev
136kHz or less (8000r/min or less)
50m or less
A phase
A* phase
B phase
B* phase
Z phase
Z* phase a b c d e
T a.b.c.d.e: A phase or B phase rising edge (falling edge) phase difference = T/4 ± T/10
(b) Input for 5V manual pulse generator
<Specification of input part>
Number of pulse phases
Two phases (A phase, B phase, a phase difference 90 degrees)
(Refer to the waveform below.)
Signal output of manual pulse generator
Voltage output, open collector output
Signal voltage
H level 3.5V to 5.25V
L level 0V to 0.5V
Power supply voltage
Current consumption
Number of pulses per rotation
5VDC ± 10%
100mA or less
25 pulse/rev, 100 pulse/rev
Input frequency (rotation speed)
1kHz or less
(40r/s or less for 25pluse/rev, 10r/s or less for 100pluse/rev)
Cable length
20m or less
A(B) phase
B(A) phase a b c d e
T a.b.c.d.e: A phase or B phase rising edge (falling edge) phase difference = T/4 ± T/10
T: A or B phase cycle
20
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.2 Control Unit
(c) 5V manual pulse generator input/output circuit
+5V
HA1A
HA2A
Connector pin No.
8
7
+5V
Signal input
0V
HA1B
HA2B
18
17
Control circuit
0V
+5V
+5V
10
20
Power output
0V
0V
1
11
0V
When using the synchronous feed encoder and the manual pulse generator at the same time, connect the manual pulse generator to the operation panel I/O unit or use a distribution cable made by the machine tool builder.
(14) Serial communication (RS-232C) I/F 2ch (SIO1)
(15) Serial communication (RS-232C) I/F 2ch (SIO2)
10 1
20 11
9
10
7
8
5
6
3
4
1
2
I
I
I
0V
RD1(RXD1)
CS1(CTS1)
O DR1(DSR1)
0V
NC
RD2(RXD2)
I CS2(CTS2)
O DR2(DSR2)
NC
15
16
17
18
11
12
13
14
19
20
0V
O SD1(TXD1)
O RS1(RTS1)
I ER1(DTR1)
0V
NC
O SD2(TXD2)
O RS2(RTS2)
I ER2(DTR2)
NC
* Connect connector case with FG pattern.
<Cable side connector type>
Plug: 10120-3000VE
Shell: 10320-52F0-008
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
21
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
(16) Skip input 8ch (SKIP)
10 1
20 11
6
7
4
5
1
2
3
8
9
10
I
I
I
I
COM
SKIP0
SKIP2
NC
COM
NC
SKIP4
SKIP6
NC
NC
14
15
16
17
11
12
13
18
19
20
I
I
I
I
COM
SKIP1
SKIP3
NC
COM
NC
SKIP5
SKIP7
NC
NC
* Connect connector case with FG pattern.
<Cable side connector type>
Plug: 10120-3000VE
Shell: 10320-52F0-008
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
22
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.2 Control Unit
(a) Skip signal input conditions
Use the input signal within the following condition ranges.
1 Input voltage at external contact ON
2 Input current at external contact ON
3 Input voltage at external contact OFF
4 Input current at external contact OFF
5 Input resistance
6 Input signal holding time (Ton)
7 Internal response time
8 Machine side contact capacity
24V common
6V or less
0V common
18V or more, 25.2V or less
6mA or more
4V or less 20V or more, 25.2V or less
2mA or less
Approx. 2.2k
Ω
2ms or more
0.08ms or less
+30V or more, 16mA or more
Connection to 24V common Connection to 0V common
+24V
External signal
Ton
+24V
Ton
0V 0V
External signal
Connection to 24V common
(Machine side)
24VDC
Input voltage
S KIP
0V (R G)
Input voltage
COM
Control circuit
Connection to 0V common
(Machine side)
24VDC
S KIP
Input voltage
Input voltage
Control circuit
(17) Battery (Q6BAT) I/F (BAT)
23
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
(18) Optical communication I/F (OPT1)
(19) Optical communication I/F (OPT2)
<Cable side connector type>
(PCF type)
Connector: CF-2D101-S
Recommended manufacturer: Japan Aviation Electronics
(POF type)
Connector: PF-2D101
Recommended manufacturer: Japan Aviation Electronics
(20) FG terminal (FG)
(21) Touch panel I/F (TP)
(22) LED
24
Name
Name
24VDCIN
DCOUT
LCDON
PSEMG
WDER/
WDERS
BATALM
Function
DC24V input check
System error display
Battery voltage drop
At fault
Not lit
Internal output voltage check Not lit
Conditions
(1) Failure of DC24V input
(2) Fuse is disconnected near DCIN connector
(1) Failure of internal voltage output in control unit
(2) Short circuit of DC5V output on CG71 or ENC or FAN connector
DC12V output voltage check for backlight inverter
Not lit
External emergency stop status display
Lit (Red)
(1) Failure of DC12V output in control unit
(2) 24VDC input voltage is +20V or less
External emergency stop signal has inputted
Lit (Red)
(1) Failure of control unit
(2) SRAM data is broken
Lit (Red) Battery voltage has dropped to 2.7V or less
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.2 Control Unit
(23) Slide switch
This is for MITSUBISHI exclusive use. Do not change the switch from the condition at the time of shipment from
MITSUBISHI.
MITSUBISHI default settings differ depending on the display size as follows.
Display size
8.4-type, 15-type
10.4-type
Slide switch position
Right
Left
25
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
2.3 Display Unit
Outline dimension
[FCU7-DU120-11 (8.4-type)]
260 20 110 (Space required for wiring)
26
(Note 1) The above side view shows the state with the control unit mounted.
(Note 2) Consider the minimum radius value of optical communication cable for the bottom space. (Refer to
"Connection : Precautions for Wiring : Precautions for Using Optical Communication Cable".)
<Panel cut dimension drawing>
260 ( Unit outline )
250 ± 0.3
244
4- M3 Screw
(Square hole)
[FCU7-DU140-11 (10.4-type)]
290
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.3 Display Unit
20 110 (Space required for wiring)
(Note 1) The above side view shows the state with the control unit mounted.
(Note 2) Consider the minimum radius value of optical communication cable for the bottom space. (Refer to
"Connection : Precautions for Wiring : Precautions for Using Optical Communication Cable".)
<Panel cut dimension drawing>
290 ( Unit outline )
280 ± 0.3
274
4- M3 Screw
(Square hole)
27
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
[FCU7-DU140-31 (10.4-type with touch panel)]
290 20 110 (Space required for wiring)
28
(Note 1) The above side view shows the state with the control unit mounted.
(Note 2) Consider the minimum radius value of optical communication cable for the bottom space. (Refer to
"Connection : Precautions for Wiring : Precautions for Using Optical Communication Cable".)
<Panel cut dimension drawing>
290 ( Unit outline )
280 ± 0.3
274
4- M3 Screw
(Square hole)
[FCU7-DU180-11(15-type)]
400
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.3 Display Unit
20 110
(Space required for wiring)
(Note 1) The above side view shows the state with the control unit mounted.
(Note 2) Consider the minimum radius value of optical communication cable for the bottom space. (Refer to
"Connection : Precautions for Wiring : Precautions for Using Optical Communication Cable".)
(Note 3) In consideration of the length of the cable, the keyboard unit should be mounted around the display unit where is possible to place with the cable length.
<Panel cut dimension drawing>
400 (unit outline)
195
± 0.2
0.2
195
8 – M3 screw
382
29
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
2.4 Keyboard Unit
Outline dimension
[FCU7-KB024 (8.4-type)]
140 20 110 ( Space required for wiring )
30
(Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit FCU7-DX720/DX721 mounted.
<Panel cut dimension drawing>
140 (Unit outline)
13 0 0.3
(Square hole)
122
4-M3 Screw
[FCU7-KB025 (8.4-type)]
140
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.4 Keyboard Unit
20 110 (Space required for wiring)
(Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit FCU7-DX721 mounted.
<Panel cut dimension drawing>
140 (Unit outline)
13 0 0.3
(Square hole)
122
4-M3 Screw
31
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
[FCU7-KB026 (Clear keys for 8.4-type)]
140
20 110 ( Space required for wiring )
32
(Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit FCU7-DX720/DX721 mounted.
<Panel cut dimension drawing>
140 (Unit outline)
13 0 0.3
(Square hole)
122
4-M3 Screw
[FCU7-KB029 (In tandem for 8.4-type)]
260
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.4 Keyboard Unit
17 110 ( Space required for wiring )
(Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit FCU7-DX720/DX721 mounted.
<Panel cut dimension drawing>
260 (Unit outline)
250 0.3
(Square hole)
242
4-M3 Screw
33
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
[FCU7-KB044 (10.4-type)]
140 20 110 ( Space required for wiring )
34
(Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit FCU7-DX720/DX721 mounted.
<Panel cut dimension drawing>
140 (Unit outline)
13 0 0.3
(Square hole)
122
4-M3 Screw
[FCU7-KB046 (Clear keys for 10.4-type)]
140
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.4 Keyboard Unit
20 110 ( Space required for wiring )
(Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit FCU7-DX720/DX721 mounted.
<Panel cut dimension drawing>
140 (Unit outline)
13 0 0.3
(Square hole)
122
4-M3 Screw
35
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
[FCU7-KB047 (Clear keys for 10.4-type/ QWERTY assignment)]
290 17 110 ( Space required for wiring )
(Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit FCU7-DX720/DX721 mounted.
<Panel cut dimension drawing>
290 (Unit outline)
280 0.3
(Square hole)
274
4-M3 Screw
36
[FCU7-KB048 (Clear keys for 10.4-type)]
230
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.4 Keyboard Unit
20 110 ( Space required for wiring )
(Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit FCU7-DX720/DX721 mounted.
<Panel cut dimension drawing>
230 (Unit outline)
220 0.3
212
4-M3 Screw
(Square hole)
37
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
2.5 Operation Panel I/O Unit
Characteristics of operation panel I/O unit are as follows.
(1) Number of DI/DO points that can be mounted on the machine operation panel is 64/64 as standard and 96/96 at the maximum. Both sink and source types are available.
Operation panel I/O unit DI/DO uses equivalent serial link connections as those used for remote I/O.
(2) Remote I/O interface --- 1ch
Remote I/O unit, scan I/O card, etc. can be extended up to 4 stations.
(a) When FCU7-DX710/711 are used: Up to 4 stations, 128 points/128 points in total, are available.
(b) When FCU7-DX720/721/730/731 are used: Up to 3 stations, 96 points/96 points in total, are available.
(Note) The maximum number of stations that can be extended is described above whether DI/DO of the operation panel I/O unit is used or not.
(3) Manual pulse generator --- 2ch
5V and 12V manual pulse generators can be connected.
(4) Installation on the back side of the keyboard unit is possible. Allows space saving inside the operation panel.
Classification
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Sink output
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Sink output
AO Analog output
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Sink output
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Source output
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Source output
AO Analog output
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Source output
Type
FCU7-DX710
FCU7-DX720
FCU7-DX730
FCU7-DX711
FCU7-DX721
FCU7-DX731
Components
Base card
Terminator (R-TM)
Base card
Terminator (R-TM)
Add-on card
Base card
Terminator (R-TM)
Add-on card
Base card
Terminator (R-TM)
Base card
Terminator (R-TM)
Add-on card
Base card
Terminator (R-TM)
Add-on card
Remarks
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type
DO: 64-points sink type
MPG:2ch
Occupied stations (fixed): 1, 2, 7, 8
RIO3 extensible stations: 3, 4, 5, 6
DI: 96-points 24V/0V common type
DO: 80-points sink type
MPG:2ch
AO: 1 point
Occupied stations (fixed): 1, 2, 3, 7, 8
RIO3 extensible stations: 4, 5, 6
DI: 96-points 24V/0V common type
DO: 96-points sink type
MPG: 2ch
Occupied stations (fixed): 1, 2, 3, 7, 8
RIO3 extensible stations: 4, 5, 6
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type
DO: 64-points source type
MPG:2ch
Occupied stations (fixed): 1, 2, 7, 8
RIO3 extensible stations: 3, 4, 5, 6
DI: 96-points 24V/0V common type
DO: 80-points source type
MPG:2ch
AO: 1 point
Occupied stations (fixed): 1, 2, 3, 7, 8
RIO3 extensible stations: 4, 5, 6
DI: 96-points 24V/0V common type
DO: 96-points source type
MPG:2ch
Occupied stations (fixed): 1, 2, 3, 7, 8
RIO3 extensible stations: 4, 5, 6
(Note 1) The station Nos. occupied by the operation panel I/O unit cannot be changed. If the unit has rotary switches, do not change the switch settings when shipped.
(Settings when shipped: CS1 -> 0/ CS2 -> 1/ CS3 -> 6)
(Note 2) Set the number of DI points that are simultaneously turned ON to be less than half of the total points. If many points are set to be simultaneously turned ON in high temperature, operation panel I/O unit may be deteriorated due to the heat.
38
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.5 Operation Panel I/O Unit
Dimension and names of parts
[FCU7-DX710/ FCU7-DX711]
(1) (2)
116 110 ( Space required for wiring)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(4) (5) (7) (8)
<Dimension drawing for installing on the panel>
116 ( Unit outline )
106 ± 0.3
(13)
<Installation on the back side of the keyboard>
Operation panel I/O unit can be installed on the back side of the keyboard.
Fixing screw (4 pcs.) M3x25
(with plain washer and spring washer)
4- M3 Screw
NCKB Connector
(Note) Use M3x25 screws (with spring washer and plain washer) when mounting the operation panel I/O unit.
39
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
[FCU7-DX720/ FCU7-DX721/ FCU7-DX730/ FCU7-DX731]
(1) (2) (3)
116 110 ( Space required for wiring)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
(Note) (9) is not available for FCU7-DX731.
<Dimension drawing for installing on the panel>
116 ( Unit outline )
106 ± 0.3
(13)
<Installation on the back side of the keyboard>
Operation panel I/O unit can be installed on the back side of the keyboard.
Fixing screw (4 pcs.) M3x25
(with plain washer and spring washer)
40
4- M3 Screw
NCKB Connector
(Note) Use M3x25 screws (with spring washer and plain washer) when mounting the operation panel I/O unit.
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.5 Operation Panel I/O Unit
(1) Machine input (CG31)
Digital input 32 points (1st station)
(2) Machine input (CG33)
Digital input 32 points (2nd station)
(3) Machine input (CG35)
Digital input 32 points (3rd station)
(Note) This is not available for FCU7-DX710/FCU7-DX711.
B1 B20
7
6
9
8
13
12
11
10
3
2
5
4
1
17
16
15
14
20
19
18
A1 A20
<Cable side connector type>
Connector: 7940-6500SC
Strain relief: 3448-7940
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
CG31
B
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I X200
X201
X202
X203
X204
X205
X206
I
I
I
I
I
I X207
X208
13
12
I X209
11
I X20A
10
X20B
X20C
X20D
X20E
7
6
9
8
X20F
NC
COM
+24V
+24V
3
2
5
4
1
17
16
15
14
20
19
18
A
I X210
I X211
I X212
I X213
I X214
I X215
I X216
I X217
I X218
I X219
I X21A
I X21B
I X21C
I X21D
I X21E
I X21F
NC
COM
0V
0V
CG33
B
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I X220
X221
X222
X223
X224
X225
X226
I
I
I
I
I
I X227
X228
13
12
I X229
11
I X22A
10
X22B
X22C
X22D
X22E
7
6
9
8
X22F
NC
COM
+24V
+24V
3
2
5
4
1
17
16
15
14
20
19
18
7
6
9
8
13
12
11
10
3
2
5
4
1
17
16
15
14
20
19
18
A
I X230
I X231
I X232
I X233
I X234
I X235
I X236
I X237
I X238
I X239
I X23A
I X23B
I X23C
I X23D
I X23E
I X23F
NC
COM
0V
0V
CG35
B
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I X240
X241
X242
X243
X244
X245
X246
I
I
I
I
I
I X247
X248
13
12
I X249
11
I X24A
10
X24B
X24C
X24D
X24E
7
6
9
8
X24F
NC
COM
+24V
+24V
3
2
5
4
1
17
16
15
14
20
19
18
7
6
9
8
13
12
11
10
3
2
5
4
1
17
16
15
14
20
19
18
Each station has fixed input/output assignments. Refer to "PLC Interface Manual" for details.
A
I X250
I X251
I X252
I X253
I X254
I X255
I X256
I X257
I X258
I X259
I X25A
I X25B
I X25C
I X25D
I X25E
I X25F
NC
COM
0V
0V
41
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
(a) Outline of digital signal input circuit
Both 24V common and 0V common connections are allowed in the digital signal input circuit.
Follow the wiring diagram below for each type.
Input circuit
0V common 24V common
(Machine side)
CG31/CG33/CG35
External contact
Input resistor
R
3.3 k
(Machine side)
External contact
CG31/CG33/CG35
Input resistor
R
3.3k
Input voltage Input voltage
Control circuit
Control circuit
Stabilized power supply
24VDC(+)
0V
FG
A3,B3
COM
Stabilized power supply
24VDC(+)
0V
FG
A3,B3
COM
Input conditions
The input signals must be used within the following condition ranges.
1 Input voltage at external contact ON
2 Input current at external contact ON
3 Input voltage at external contact OFF
4 Input current at external contact OFF
5 Input resistance
6 Tolerable chattering time (T1)
7 Input signal holding time (T2)
24V common
6V or less
0V common
18V or more, 25.2V or less
9mA or more
4V or less 20V or more, 25.2V or less
2mA or less
Approx. 3.3k
Ω
3ms
40ms or more (Note)
3 to 16ms
9 Machine side contact capacity
30V or more, 16mA or more
(Note) Input signal holding time: The guide is 40ms or more. The input signal will not be recognized unless it is held for the ladder processing cycle time or longer.
Connection to 24V common input Connection to 0V common input
T2 T2
(E)
+24V
(I)
GND
T1 T1
(E)
+24V
(I)
GND
T1 T1
T3 T4
(E) : External signal, (I):Internal signal
T3 T4
42
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.5 Operation Panel I/O Unit
(4) Machine output (CG32)
Digital output 32 points (1st station)
(5) Machine output (CG34)
Digital output 32 points (2nd station)
(6) Machine output (CG36)
FCU7-DX730/DX731: Digital output 32 points (3rd station)
FCU7-DX720/DX721: Digital output 16 points (3rd station) (with analog output)
(Note) This is not available for FCU7-DX710/FCU7-DX711.
B1 B20
A1 A20
<Cable side connector type>
Connector: 7940-6500SC
Strain relief: 3448-7940
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
B
20
O Y200
19
O Y201
CG32
A
20
O Y210
19
O Y211
18
O Y202
17
O Y203
16
O Y204
15
O Y205
18
17
16
15
O
O
O
O
Y212
Y213
Y214
Y215
14
O Y206
13
O Y207
12
O Y208
11
O Y209
10
O Y20A
9
O Y20B
8
7
O
O
Y20C
Y20D
6
5
O
O
Y20E
Y20F
8
7
14
O Y216
13
O Y217
12
O Y218
11
O Y219
10
O Y21A
9
O Y21B
6
5
O
O
O
O
Y21C
Y21D
Y21E
Y21F
4
COM
(Note 2)
4
COM
(Note 2)
3
COM
(Note 2)
3
COM
(Note 2)
2
1
I
I 24VDC
24VDC
2
1
GND
(0V)
GND
(0V)
B
20
O Y220
19
O Y221
CG34
A
20
O Y230
19
O Y231
18
O Y222
17
O Y223
16
O Y224
15
O Y225
18
17
16
15
O
O
O
O
Y232
Y233
Y234
Y235
6
5
14
O Y226
13
O Y227
12
O Y228
11
O Y229
8
7
10
O Y22A
9
O Y22B
O
O
Y22C
Y22D
O
O
Y22E
Y22F
14
O Y236
13
O Y237
12
O Y238
11
O Y239
10
O Y23A
9
O Y23B
8
7
6
5
O
O
O
O
Y23C
Y23D
Y23E
Y23F
4
COM
(Note 2)
4
COM
(Note 2)
3
COM
(Note 2)
3
COM
(Note 2)
2
1
I
I 24VDC
24VDC
2
1
GND
(0V)
GND
(0V)
CG36 (Note 1)
B
20
O Y240
19
O Y241
20
19
O
O
A
Y250
Y251
18
O Y242
17
O Y243
16
O Y244
15
O Y245
18
17
16
15
O
O
O
O
Y252
Y253
Y254
Y255
14
O Y246
13
O Y247
12
O Y248
11
O Y249
10
O Y24A
9
O Y24B
8
7
O
O
Y24C
Y24D
6
5
O
O
Y24E
Y24F
8
7
14
O Y256
13
O Y257
12
O Y258
11
O Y259
10
O Y25A
9
O Y25B
6
5
O
O
O
O
Y25C
Y25D
Y25E
Y25F
4
COM
(Note 2)
4
COM
(Note 2)
3
COM
(Note 2)
3
COM
(Note 2)
2
1
I
I 24VDC
24VDC
2
1
GND
(0V)
GND
(0V)
(Note 1) FCU7-DX720/DX721 uses 16 points of digital outputs, Y240 to Y24F.
(Note 2) COM (3A, 3B, 4A, and 4B) is connected to 24VDC or GND (0V) inside the unit depending on the output type.
Sink type output (FCU7-DX710/DX720/DX730): GND (0V)
Source type output (FCU7-DX711/DX721/DX731): 24VDC
Each station has fixed input/output assignments. Refer to "PLC Interface Manual" for details.
43
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
(a) Outline of digital signal output circuit
The digital signal output circuit uses a sink type (DX7x0) or source type (DX7x1).
Use within the specification ranges shown below.
Output circuit
(Macine side)
24VDC(+)
CG32/CG34/CG36
RA
PL
R
Control
Circuit
Sink type
(Macine side)
24VDC(+)
CG32/CG34/CG36
(DX7x0)
RA
R
PL
Control
Circuit
Source type (DX7x1)
RA
PL
: Relay
: Pilot lamp
Output conditions
Insulation method
Rated load voltage
Max. output current
Output delay time
Insulation
24VDC
60mA/point
40 μ s
(Note 1) When using an inductive load such as a relay, always connect a diode (voltage resistance
100V or more, 100mA or more) in parallel to the load.
(Note 2) When using a capacitive load such as a lamp, always connect a protective resistor (R=150 Ω ) serially to the load to suppress rush currents. (Make sure that the current is less than the above tolerable current including the momentary current.)
44
CAUTION
1. When using an inductive load such as a relay, always connect a diode in parallel to the load.
2. When using a capacitive load such as a lamp, always connect a protective resistor serially to the load to suppress rush currents.
(7) Keyboard I/F (NCKB)
(8) FG terminal (FG)
(9) Analog output 1ch (AO)
(Note) This is not available for FCU7-DX731.
10 1
20 11
7
8
5
6
9
10
3
4
1
2
NC
O
AO
NC
NC
NC
AO*
NC
NC
NC
NC
15
16
17
18
11
12
13
14
19
20
* Connect connector case with FG pattern.
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
<Cable side connector type>
Plug: 10120-3000VE
Shell: 10320-52F0-008
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
Output circuit
R
R
AO
AO*
0V
DAC
Output conditions
Output voltage
Resolution
Load conditions
Output impedance
(Note) n=(2
0
to 2
11
)
0V to ± 10V ( ± 5%)
12bit ( ± 10V × n/4096) (Note)
10k Ω load resistance
220 Ω
Connector pin assignment
1
7
AO*
AO
GND
Analog voltage output
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.5 Operation Panel I/O Unit
45
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
(10) Manual pulse generator input 2ch (5V and 12V) (MPG)
5V manual pulse generator and 12V manual pulse generator can be connected to this connector.
Connect the synchronous feed encoder to the ENC connector of the control unit.
10 1
20 11
7
8
5
6
9
10
3
4
1
2
I
I
GND reserve
HA2A
HA1A
GND
O 12VDC reserve reserve reserve
O 5VDC
15
16
17
18
11
12
13
14
19
20
I
I
GND reserve
HA2B
HA1B
GND
O 12VDC reserve reserve reserve
O 5VDC
* Connect connector case with FG pattern.
<Cable side connector type>
Plug: 10120-3000VE
Shell: 10320-52F0-008
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
<Specification of input part>
Number of pulse phases
Signal output of manual pulse generator
Signal voltage
Power supply voltage
Current consumption
Number of pulses per rotation
Input frequency (rotation speed)
Cable length
5V manual pulse generator
Two phases (A phase, B phase, a phase difference 90 degrees)
(Refer to the waveform below.)
Voltage output, open collector output
5VDC ± 10%
12V manual pulse generator
Open collector output
H level 3.5V to 5.25V
L level 0V to 0.5V
100mA or less
12VDC
25 pulse/rev,100 pulse/rev
± 10%
1kHz or less (40r/s or less for 25pluse/rev, 10r/s or less for 100pluse/rev)
20m or less 50m or less
A(B) phase
B(A) phase a b c d e
T a.b.c.d.e: A phase or B phase rising edge (falling edge) phase difference = T/4 ± T/10
T: A or B phase cycle
46
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.5 Operation Panel I/O Unit
<Input/output circuit>
HA1A
HA2A
Connector pin No.
4
3
+5V
+5V
Signal input
HA1B
HA2B
14
13
0V
0V
+12V
+12V
6
16
12V
Power output
5V
Power output
+5V
+5V
10
20
0V
0V
1
11
0V
(11) Remote I/O unit I/F (RIO3)
1 3
Control unit
1
2
3
I/O TXRX3
I/O TXRX3*
0V(GND)
<Cable side connector type>
Connector: 1-178288-3
Contact: 1-175218-2 x3
Recommended manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
Refer to the following chart for the maximum number of connecting stations and I/O points.
Operation panel I/O unit type
FCU7-DX710/DX711
FCU7-DX720/DX721/DX730/DX731
Max. number of stations
(RIO3 connection)
4 stations
(stations 3rd to 6th can be used)
3 stations
(stations 4th to 6th can be used)
Max. number of I/O points
(RIO3 connection)
128 points/128 points
96 points/96 points
(Note) Refer to the section "General Specifications: Remote I/O Unit" for the number of occupying stations and I/
O points of remote I/O units.
(12) Control unit I/F (CG71)
47
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
(13) LED
Name
3VON
5VON
Function
DC3V input check
DC5V input check
At fault
Not lit
Not lit
Conditions
(1) Disconnection between control unit and operation panel I/O unit
(1) Disconnection between control unit and operation panel I/O unit
(2) Short circuit of manual pulse generator cable
PACKETNG
RIO1
12VON
RIO communication status check
RIO communication status check
For manual pulse generator
Lit (Red)
Not lit
Not lit
(1) Partial disconnection between control unit and operation panel I/O unit
(2) Miswiring of extended I/O unit to RIO3
Short circuit of manual pulse generator cable
DOCOM
DC24V input check
(for source output)
Not lit
(1) Disconnection of 24V input
(2) Disconnection of protection fuse on the operation panel I/O unit
(Note) Sink output type does not have the LED for DOCOM.
48
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.6 Remote I/O Unit
2.6 Remote I/O Unit
The following eight types of signals can be input/output from the remote I/O unit (FCUA-DX1xx) according to the type and No. of contacts. Use serial link connections to connect the unit with the control unit or the operation panel I/O unit.
Multiple remote I/O units can be used as long as the total number of occupied stations is eight or less.
Classification
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Sink output
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Sink output
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Sink output
AO Analog output
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Sink output
AI Analog input
AO Analog output
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Source output
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Source output
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Source output
AO Analog output
DI 24V/0V common input
DO Source output
AI Analog input
AO Analog output
Type
FCUA-DX100
FCUA-DX110
FCUA-DX120
FCUA-DX140
FCUA-DX101
FCUA-DX111
FCUA-DX121
FCUA-DX141
RX311
RX311+RX321-1
RX311+RX321
RX311+RX341
RX312
RX312+RX322
RX312+RX341
Components
RX312+RX322-1
Remarks
DI: 32-points 24V/0V common type
(photo coupler insulation)
DO: 32-points sink type (non-insulation)
Number of occupied stations: 1
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type
(photo coupler insulation)
DO: 48-points sink type (non-insulation)
Number of occupied stations: 2
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type
(photo coupler insulation)
DO: 48-points sink type (non-insulation)
AO: 1 point
Number of occupied stations: 2
DI: 32-points 24V/0V common type
(photo coupler insulation)
DO: 32-points sink type (non-insulation)
AI: 4 points
AO: 1 point
Number of occupied stations: 2
DI: 32-points 24V/0V common type
(photo coupler insulation)
DO: 32-points source type (non-insulation)
Number of occupied stations: 1
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type
(photo coupler insulation)
DO: 48-points source type (non-insulation)
Number of occupied stations: 2
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type
(photo coupler insulation)
DO: 48-points source type (non-insulation)
AO: 1 point
Number of occupied stations: 2
DI: 32-points 24V/0V common type
(photo coupler insulation)
DO: 32-points source type (non-insulation)
AI: 4 points
AO: 1 point
Number of occupied stations: 2
49
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
Dimension and names of parts
[Front view]
40
(1)
(11)
(6)
(7)
(3)
(1)
(11)
(6)
(7)
(3)
40
(DX11x/DX12x)
[Side view] [Bottom view]
(DX10x)
(Front)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(Rear)
(2)
(7)
(4)
(1)
(11)
(6)
(7)
(3)
40
(DX14x)
135
(5)
(7)
6
<Installation dimension drawing>
Top
135
Mounting hole
2-M5 screw
70
Bottom
6
34 6
50
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.6 Remote I/O Unit
(1) Machine input (DI-L)
(2) Machine input (DI-R)
Both 24V common and 0V common connections are allowed in the digital signal input circuit.
Follow the wiring diagram below for each type.
Input circuit
24V common 0V common
DI-L / DI-R DI-L / DI-R
(Machine side) (Machine side)
External contact
Input resistor
R
2.2k
External contact
Input resistor
R
2.2k
Input voltage Input voltage
Stabilized power supply
24VDC(+)
0V
FG
A3,B3
COM
Control circuit
Stabilized power supply
24VDC(+)
0V
FG
A3,B3
COM
Control circuit
Input conditions
The input signals must be used within the following condition ranges.
1 Input voltage at external contact ON
2 Input current at external contact ON
3 Input voltage at external contact OFF
4 Input current at external contact OFF
5 Input resistance
6 Tolerable chattering time (T1)
7 Input signal holding time (T2)
24V common
6V or less
0V common
18V or more, 25.2V or less
9mA or more
20V or more, 25.2V or less 4V or less
2mA or less
Approx. 2.2k
Ω
3ms
40ms or more (Note)
3 to 16ms
9 Machine side contact capacity
30V or more, 16mA or more
(Note) Input signal holding time: The guide is 40ms or more. The input signal will not be recognized unless it is held for the ladder processing cycle time or longer.
Connection to 24V common input
T2
(E)
+24V
T1
(I)
GND
T1
Connection to 0V common input
T2
(E)
+24V
T1
(I)
GND
T1
T3 T4
(E) : External signal, (I) : Internal signal
T3 T4
51
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
(3) Machine output (DO-L)
(4) Machine output (DO-R)
The digital signal output circuit uses a sink type (DX1x0) or source type (DX1x1).
Use within the specification ranges shown below.
Output circuit
(Machine side) DO-L/DO-R
24VDC(+)
RA
PL
R
Control circuit
(Machine side)
Sink type (DX1x0)
DO-L/DO-R
24VDC(+)
RA
Control circuit
R
PL
Source type (DX1x1)
Output conditions
Insulation method
Rated load voltage
Max. output current
Output delay time
Non-insulation
24VDC
60mA/point
40 μ s
(Note 1) When using an inductive load such as a relay, always connect a diode (voltage resistance 100V or more,
100mA or more) in parallel to the load.
(Note 2) When using a capacitive load such as a lamp, always connect a protective resistor (R=150 Ω ) serially to the load to suppress rush currents. (Make sure that the current is less than the above tolerable current including the momentary current.)
52
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.6 Remote I/O Unit
[Analog signal input/output (AIO)]
The analog signal output circuit can be used only for FCUA-DX120/DX121.
Output circuit
R
220 R
DAC
AO
AO*
0V(RG)
Output conditions
Output voltage
Resolution
Load conditions
Output impedance
(Note) n=(2
0
to 2
11
)
0V to ± 10V ( ± 5%)
12bit ( ± 10V × n/4096) (Note)
10k Ω load resistance
220 Ω
CAUTION
1. When using an inductive load such as a relay, always connect a diode in parallel to the load.
2. When using a capacitive load such as a lamp, always connect a protective resistor serially to the load to suppress rush currents.
53
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
(5) Analog signal input/output (AIO)
(a) Outline of analog signal output circuit
The analog signal output circuit can be used only for FCUA-DX140/DX141.
Output circuit
R
220 R
DAC
AO
AO*
0V(RG)
Output conditions
Output voltage
Resolution
Load conditions
Output impedance
(Note) n=(2
0
to 2
11
)
0V to ± 10V ( ± 5%)
12bit ( ± 10V × n/4096) (Note)
10k Ω load resistance
220 Ω
(b) Outline of analog signal input circuit
The analog signal input circuit can be used only for FCUA-DX140/DX141.
Input circuit
AI
AI*
150
ADC
0V(RG)
Input conditions
Max. input rating
Resolution
Precision
AD input sampling time
± 15V
|-10 to +10V| / 4096 = 4.88mV
Within ± 25mV
14.2ms(AI0)/ 42.6ms(AI1 to 3)
54
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.6 Remote I/O Unit
(6) Transfer speed changeover switch (DS)
Not used
Not used
(7) Station No. changeover switch (CS)
0
F
1
2
3 4
5
6
7
8
E
D
C B
A
9
Selection of station No.
(8) Remote I/O unit I/F #1 (RIO1)
(9) Remote I/O unit I/F #2 (RIO2)
1 3
1
2
3
I/O TXRX
I/O TXRX*
0V
<Cable side connector type>
Connector: 1-178288-3
Contact: 1-175218-2 x3
Recommended manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
(10) 24VDC input (DCIN)
1 3
1
2
3
I +24V
0V
FG
<Cable side connector type>
Connector: 2-178288-3
Contact: 1-175218-5 x3
Recommended manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
(11) LED
Name
POWER
Green (UP)
ALM
Red (DOWN)
Function
Internal output voltage(5VDC) check
At fault
Not lit
RIO communication status check
Lit
Conditions
(1) Failure of 24VDC input
(2) Fuse is disconnected
(3) Failure of internal voltage output in I/O unit
(1) Partial disconnection between control unit and remote I/O unit
(2) Miswiring of connected remote I/O unit
55
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
2.7 Scan I/O Unit
The HR347/357 card is the machine operation panel input/output card. It has a digital input/output and scan input/output, and is connected to the machine operation panel and other devices.
Scan
Digital
(*1)
Input
Output
Input
Output
Number of points
Item
Configuration
Rated voltage
Max. current
Input cycle
Input signal holding time
Number of points
Configuration
Rated load voltage
Max. output current
Output cycle
Number of points
Type
Input voltage at external contact ON
Input current at external contact ON
Input voltage at external contact OFF
Input current at external contact OFF
Tolerable chattering time
Input signal holding time
Input circuit operation delay time
Machine side contact capacity
Number of points
Rated load voltage
Max. output current
Type
HR347
64 points
8 common × 8 data matrix
HR357
5VDC
4 common × 8 data + 4 common × 8 data matrix
1.46ms cycle, 5.84ms cycle
32 points
6V or less
24V common/ 0V common
18V or more, 25.2V or less
2mA or less
20V or more, 25.2V or less
9mA or more
Sink
80mA/point
1.46ms cycle, 11.68ms cycle
11.68ms or more (*1)
64 points
5VDC
200mA/point
2.2ms or less
24VDC
60mA/point
9mA or more
4V or less
2mA or less
40ms or more
2.2ms ≤ T3 ≈ T4 ≤ 11ms
30V or more, 16mA or more
32 points
Source
Input signal holding time: The guide is 11.68ms or more. The input signal will not be recognized unless it is held for the ladder processing cycle time or longer.
56
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.7 Scan I/O Unit
Dimension and names of parts
[HR347/ HR357]
(1)
A
B
25
(Scan DI/DO : 64/64)
CF35
1
(2) (3)
8
ISP
1
DIO SCAN2 SCAN1
RIO3 DCIN
B A
(6)
(7)
(8)
7
4.5
20
CF31
(DO : 32)
1
166 0.3
180
20
(4)
CF33
(DO : 32)
(5)
1
7
4-C2
57
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
(1) Scan type input/output (CF35)
B1 B25
A1 A25
13
12
11
10
17
16
15
14
21
20
19
18
25
24
23
22
3
2
5
4
1
7
6
9
8
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
I
I
O
I
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
KYC7*
KYC5*
KYC3*
KYC1*
KYD7*
KYD5*
KYD3*
KYD1*
LD6B*
LD5B*
LD4B*
LD3B*
LD2B*
LD1B*
LD0B*
GND
B
GND
LC3B
LC2B
LC1B
LC0B
LD7B*
CF35
13
12
11
10
17
16
15
14
21
20
19
18
25
24
23
22
3
2
5
4
1
7
6
9
8
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
I
I
O
I
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
LD6A*
LD5A*
LD4A*
LD3A*
LD2A*
LD1A*
LD0A*
A
GND
LC3A
LC2A
LC1A
LC0A
LD7A*
KYC6*
KYC4*
KYC2*
KYC0*
KYD6*
KYD4*
KYD2*
KYD0*
GND
(Note) The GND pin is normally unused.
Do not connect the GND pin to the frame ground.
<Cable side connector type>
Connector: 7950-6500SC
Strain relief: 3448-7950
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
LCxA/B Common signals for scan DO
LDxA/B* Data signals for scan DO
KYCx* Common signals for scan DI
KYDx* Data signals for scan DI
* This is an example when SCAN1 is set to "0", SCAN2 to "1", and DIO to "2".
Refer to "PLC Interface Manual" for details.
58
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.7 Scan I/O Unit
(a) Scan input
An example is shown of a scan input circuit manufactured by the machine manufacturer.
KYCO*
CF35
KYC1*
KYC2*
KYC3*
KYC4*
KYC5*
KYC6*
KYC7*
X07
X0F
X17
X1F
X27
X2F
X37
X3F
X06
X0E
X16
X1E
X26
X2E
X36
X3E
X05
X0D
X15
X1D
X25
X2D
X35
X3D
X04
X0C
X14
X1C
X24
X2C
X34
X3C
X03
X0B
X13
X1B
X23
X2B
X33
X3B
X02
X0A
X12
X1A
X22
X2A
X32
X3A
X01
X09
X11
X19
X21
X29
X31
X39
X00
X08
X10
X18
X20
X28
X30
X38
KYD7*
KYD6*
KYD5*
KYD4*
KYD3*
KYD2*
KYD1*
KYD0*
<Example of a circuit manufactured by the machine tool builder>
(Note) To scan input, connect a sneak path prevention diode as shown in the following drawing. The unit may not be able to read the correct input signals without a sneak path prevention diode installed.
KYCO* to KYC7*
KYDO* to KYD7*
Sneak path prevention diode
The common signals are changed over with scan input as shown in the following drawing. Key input data can be received when the common signal is LOW. The common signal changeover cycle is 11.68ms, but the input signal will not be recognized unless it is held for the ladder processing cycle time or longer. The scan input is a 5V system.
KYCO*
KYC1*
KYC2*
KYC3*
KYC4*
KYC5*
KYC6*
KYC7*
1.46ms
11.68ms
59
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
(b) Scan output
An example is shown of a scan output circuit manufactured by the machine manufacturer.
CF35
LC3A
LC2A
LC1A
LC0A
LD0A*
LD1A*
LD2A*
LD3A*
LD4A*
LD5A*
LD6A*
LD7A*
Y00
Y01
Y02
Y03
Y04
Y05
Y06
Y07
Y18
Y19
Y1A
Y1B
Y1C
Y1D
Y1E
Y1F
<Example of a circuit manufactured by the machine tool builder>
Y10
Y11
Y12
Y13
Y14
Y15
Y16
Y17
Y08
Y09
Y0A
Y0B
Y0C
Y0D
Y0E
Y0F
CF35
LC3B
LC2B
LC1B
LC0B
LD0B*
LD1B*
LD2B*
LD3B*
LD4B*
LD5B*
LD6B*
LD7B*
Y30
Y31
Y32
Y33
Y34
Y35
Y36
Y37
Y28
Y29
Y2A
Y2B
Y2C
Y2D
Y2E
Y2F
Y20
Y21
Y22
Y23
Y24
Y25
Y26
Y27
Y38
Y39
Y3A
Y3B
Y3C
Y3D
Y3E
Y3F
<Example of a circuit manufactured by the machine tool builder>
Output circuit <Manufactured by the machine tool builder>
5V
CF35
LCnA/B
LDnA/B*
330
0V(RG)
The common signals are changed over with scan output as shown in the following drawing. The LED outputs data, and lights only when the common signal is HIGH. The common signal changes to 4 signals in succession, and light s once every 5.84ms for 1.46ms only. The scan output is a 5V system.
LC3A
LC2A
LC1A
LC0A
LC3B
LC2B
LC1B
LC0B
1.46ms
5.84ms
1.46ms
5.84ms
60
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.7 Scan I/O Unit
(2) LED
LED Function Color
24IN 24VDC input check Green
5OUT Internal output voltage check
ALM1
Communication error of the station designated by rotary switch "SCAN1"
Green
Red
ALM2
ALM3
Communication error of the station designated by rotary switch "SCAN2"
Communication error of the station designated by rotary switch "DIO"
Red
Red
Status
Normal At fault
Lit
Remedy
Not lit 24VDC voltage check
Lit
Not lit
Not lit Contact the MITSUBISHI service dept.
Lit
Check the station No. designation by the rotary switch of the remote I/O unit.
Not lit
Not lit
Lit
Lit
Check the station No. designation by the rotary switch of the remote I/O unit.
Check the station No. designation by the rotary switch of the remote I/O unit.
(3) Rotary switch
Set the address (station No.) assignment in DI/DO: 32/32 point units. Set using SCAN1, SCAN 2 and DIO rotary switches. The assignment address is changed with the rotary switch setting.
CF35
Scan
[Address]
X00
X1F
[Address]
Y00
Y1F
0
Scan DI:32
[Address]
X20
X3F
Scan DO:32
[Address]
Y20
Y3F
0
SCAN1 Standard setting
SCAN1 0
SCAN2 1
DIO 2
SCAN2
CF31
Digital DI:32
[Address]
X40
X5F
CF33
Digital DO:32
[Address]
Y40
Y5F
Rotary switch
SCAN1
SCAN2
DIO
0
DIO
Description
For scan input/output station No. setting 32points/32points (Normally set to "0")
For scan input/output station No. setting 32points/32points (Normally set to "1")
For digital input/output station No. setting 32points/32points (Normally set to "2")
(Note) Set each different station Nos. for SCAN1, SCAN2 and DIO. Up to 8 stations can be used in a part system. Set the Nos. from 0 to 7.
61
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
(4) Machine input (CF31)
Digital input
B1 B20
A1 A20
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
7
6
9
8
5
13
12
11
10
4
3
2
1
17
16
15
14
20
19
18
I
I
I
X47
X48
X49
X4A
X4B
X4C
X4D
X4E
X4F
B
X40
X41
X42
X43
X44
X45
X46
CF31
COM
24VDC
24VDC
7
6
9
8
5
13
12
11
10
4
3
2
1
17
16
15
14
20
19
18
I
<Cable side connector type>
Connector: 7940-6500SC
Strain relief: 3448-7940
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
COM
0V(RG)
0V(RG)
X57
X58
X59
X5A
X5B
X5C
X5D
X5E
X5F
A
X50
X51
X52
X53
X54
X55
X56
* This is an example when SCAN1 is set to "0", SCAN2 to "1", and DIO to "2".
Refer to "PLC Interface Manual" for details.
Both 24V common and 0V common connections are allowed in the digital signal input circuit.
24V common 0V common
HR3x7 HR3x7
(Machine side)
24VDC
CF31
(Machine side)
CF31
24VDC
2.2k
2.2k
0V(RG)
2.2k
Control circuit
2.2k
Control circuit
0V(RG)
COM
0V(RG)
COM
62
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.7 Scan I/O Unit
Input conditions
The input signals must be used within the following condition ranges.
1 Input voltage at external contact ON
2 Input current at external contact ON
3 Input voltage at external contact OFF
4 Input current at external contact OFF
5 Input resistance
6 Tolerable chattering time (T1)
7 Input signal holding time (T2)
24V common
6V or less
0V common
18V or more, 25.2V or less
9mA or more
4V or less 20V or more, 25.2V or less
2mA or less
Approx. 2.2k
Ω
3ms
40ms or more (Note)
3 to 16ms
9 Machine side contact capacity
30V or more, 16mA or more
(Note) Input signal holding time: The guide is 40ms or more. The input signal will not be recognized unless it is held for the ladder processing cycle time or longer.
[Connection to 24V common input]
(Machine side)
External contact
Input voltage
Stabilized power supply
24VDC(+)
0V
FG
COM
Input resistor
R
Control circuit
External signal
+24V
T1
GND
Internal signal
T3
T2
T1
T4
[Connection to 0V common input]
(Machine side)
External contact
Input voltage
Stabilized power supply
24VDC(+)
0V
FG
COM
Input resistor
R
Control circuit
External signal
+24V
GND
Internal signal
T1
T3
T2
T1
T4
63
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
(5) Machine output (CF33)
Digital output
B1 B20
A1 A20
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
6
5
8
7
12
11
10
9
2
1
4
3
16
15
14
13
20
19
18
17
I
I
Y46
Y47
Y48
Y49
Y4A
Y4B
Y4C
Y4D
Y4E
Y4F
B
Y40
Y41
Y42
Y43
Y44
Y45
CF33
24VDC
24VDC
6
5
8
7
12
11
10
9
2
1
4
3
16
15
14
13
20
19
18
17
<Cable side connector type>
Connector: 7940-6500SC
Strain relief: 3448-7940
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
0V(RG)
0V(RG)
Y56
Y57
Y58
Y59
Y5A
Y5B
Y5C
Y5D
Y5E
Y5F
A
Y50
Y51
Y52
Y53
Y54
Y55
* This is an example when SCAN1 is set to "0", SCAN2 to "1", and DIO to "2".
Refer to "PLC Interface Manual" for details.
64
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.7 Scan I/O Unit
The HR357 output circuit is a source type (source output).
Source type
CF33 24VDC
FCU6-HR3x7
(Machine side)
RA
Control circuit
R
PL
0V(RG)
CAUTION
1. Do not apply any voltage to the connector other than that specified in this manual. Failure to observe this could cause bursting, damage, etc.
Output conditions
Insulation method
Rated load voltage
Max. output current
Saturation voltage
Output delay time
Non-insulation
24VDC
60mA/point
1.6V (standard)
40 μ s
(Note 1) When using an inductive load such as a relay, always connect a diode (voltage resistance
100V or more, 100mA or more) in parallel to the load.
(Note 2) When using a capacitive load such as a lamp, always connect a protective resistor (R=150 Ω ) serially to the load to suppress rush currents. (Make sure that the current is less than the above tolerable current including the momentary current.)
65
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
(6) 24VDC input (DCIN)
1 3
1
2
3
I +24V
0V
FG
<Cable side connector type>
Connector: 2-178288-3
Contact: 1-175218-5 x3
Recommended manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
(7) Remote I/O unit I/F (RIO3A)
(8) Remote I/O unit I/F (RIO3B)
1 3
1
2
3
I/O TXRX1
I/O TXRX1*
0V
<Cable side connector type>
Connector: 1-178288-3
Contact: 1-175218-2 x3
Recommended manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
66
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.8 External Power Supply Unit
2.8 External Power Supply Unit
Item
Input power voltage
PD25
200 to 230VAC
+10%-15%
50/60Hz ± 1Hz
Output current
Dimension
Mass
Output holding time
3A
130mm × 65mm × 230mm
1.5kg
300ms
(Note 1) PD25 will not be turned ON by the ON/OFF switch immediately after the power OFF. Wait at least 2 seconds, and then turn the power ON.
(Note 2) The power supply configuration for NC devices depends on the machine. Appropriate circuit protector must be selected by machine builder according to the load of the machine.
(Note 3) PD25 does not comply with 100VAC.
Dimension and names of parts
[PD25]
65
AC IN (1)
ON/OFF SW
6
ON/OFF
FAN ALARM
POWER
DC OUT
2-
R
3
6
30
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
130
<Mounting direction and clearance>
Mount the external power supply unit vertically and so that it is visible from the front. Provide space for heat dissipation and ventilation.
100mm
20mm 20mm
100mm
67
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
(1) AC power input (ACIN)
1 2 3
1
2
3
I
I ACIN N
ACIN H
FG
<Cable side connector type>
Connector: 2-178128-3
Contact: 1-175218-5 × 3
Recommended manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
(2) ON/OFF switch (ON/OFF SW)
Switch ON (upward): 24VDC output
Switch OFF (downward): 24VDC output OFF
(3) ON/OFF input (ON/OFF)
1 5
3
4
1
2
5
I
I
NC
P-OFF
0V
0V
P-ON
<Cable side connector type>
Connector: 1-178288-5
Contact: 1-175218-5 × 4
Recommended manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
(4) LED (POWER)
Green light at +24V output
(5) 24VDC output (DCOUT)
B1 B3
A1 A3
1A
2A
3A
O ACFAIL
0V
NC
1B
2B
3B
<Cable side connector type>
Connector: 3-178127-6
O +24V
0V
FG
Contact: 1-175218-5 (for AWG16) × 3, 1-175217-5 (for AWG22) × 2
Recommended manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
68
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.9 Manual Pulse Generator
2.9 Manual Pulse Generator
[UFO-01-2Z9]
5V Manual Pulse Generator (100 pulse/rev)
<Outline dimension drawing>
Index
Gasket 3- M4 stud
Panel cut diameter
72 at equal pitch
Above size only
<Panel cut drawing> at equal pitch
Produced by NIDEC NEMICON CORPORATION
69
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
[HD60C]
12V Manual Pulse Generator (25 pulse/rev)
77 0.5
3.6
Packing t 2.0
80 1
3-M4 stud bolt L10
12V 0V A B
60 0.5
16 24 27 0.5
60 0.5
8.89
<Panel cut dimension drawing>
(Divide equally by three)
120°
3 4. 8
62
+ 2
0
72 0. 2
7.60
Installation of screws other than M3 x 6 not possible
70
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.10 Synchronous Feed Encoder
2.10 Synchronous Feed Encoder
Dimension and names of parts
[OSE-1024-3-15-68]
Caution plate
68
56
68
50
4 5. 4
hole
19. 5
102
135
2
5 3
33
20
28
14. 3
0
- 0. 11
2
15 - 0. 006
- 0. 017
5
- 0. 012
- 0. 042
K
L
J
2
A
T
M
N
S
H
G
F
R
B
P
16
1. 15
+0. 14
0
26
1. 15
+0. 14
0
Enlarged drawing of key
50
- 0. 009
- 0. 025
Cross section BB
Valid depth of key groove is
21mm
E
C
D
F
G
D
E
Pin
A
B
C
H
J
Connector pin assignment
Function
A phase
Z phase
B phase
-
Case grounding
-
-
+5V
R
S
N
P
T
Pin
K
L
M
Function
0V
-
-
A phase
Z phase
B phase
-
-
-
71
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
2.11 Optical Communication Repeater Unit (FCU7-EX022)
When the distance of the optical communication cable between NC control unit and drive unit is over 30m, the communication can be performed by relaying the optical signal.
Using up to two units, relay of the total length of up to 90m can be performed.
<Product features>
(a) When the distance of the optical communication cable between NC control unit and drive unit is over 30m, the communication can be performed by relaying the optical signal.
(b) The relay between NC control unit and drive unit can be performed for up to two channels.
(c) If the distance between NC control unit and drive unit is even within 30m, the cable can be divided by the relay in transporting the machine.
(d) Same mounting dimension as the remote I/O unit (DX unit).
CAUTION
This unit cannot be used between drive units.
Dimension and Names of parts
2-M5-0.8 screw
5 40 135
OPT1IN
OPT1OUT
OPT2IN
OPT2OUT
FUSE
DCOUT
FG
34 6
DCIN
ACFAIL
72
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.11 Optical Communication Repeater Unit (FCU7-EX022)
(1) Optical communication I/F (OPT1IN, OPT1OUT, OPT2IN, OPT2OUT)
<Cable side connector type>
(PCF type)
Connector : CF-2D101-S
Recommended manufacturer: Japan Aviation Electronics
(POF type)
Connector :PF-2D101
Recommended manufacturer: Japan Aviation Electronics
(2) 24VDC input (DCIN)
1 3
1
2
3
I +24V
0V(RG)
FG
<PCB side connector type>
Connector: 2-178293-5
Recommended manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
<Cable side connector type>
Connector: 2-178288-3
Contact: 1-175218-5
Recommended manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
(3) 24VDC output (DCOUT)
B1 B3
A1 A3
A1
A2
A3
O ACFAIL
COM
NC
<PCB side connector type>
B1
B2
B3
Connector : 3-178137-5
O +24V
0V(RG)
FG
Recommended manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
<Cable side connector type>
Connector: 2-178127-6
Contact: 1-175218-5
Recommended manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
73
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
(4) Power OFF input (CF01)
2 1
1
2
I
COM
ACFAIL
<PCB side connector type>
Connector: 53103-0230
Recommended manufacturer: MOLEX
<Cable side connector type> connector: 005057-9402
Contact: 0016020103
Recommended manufacturer: MOLEX
(5) FG terminal (FG)
FG
<Cable side faston terminal type name>
Type name : 175022-1(For AWG20-14 250 series)
Recommended manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
Terminal protection tube: 174817-2 (Yellow)
Φ2.0
6.2
5.0
9.6
0.9
0.8
± 0.025
Unit side tab terminal shape
(Note) The faston terminal "175022-1" of the cable side is a simple lock type. Make sure to insert until the simple lock pin is in the Φ second hole. Firmly press the simple lock release tab when unplugging it.
74
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.12 MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel
2.12 MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel
2.12.1 MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel A
Outline dimension
[FCU7-KB921 (MITSUBISHI CNC machine operation panel A)]
260 17
60
(Space required for wiring)
<Panel cut dimension drawing>
260 (Unit outline)
250 0.3
4-M3 Screw
(Square hole)
244
75
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
Connector
(1) (2) (3) (4)
76
No. Connector name
(1) DCIN
Function
24VDC input
(2) DCOUT 24VDC output
(3) RIOIN Remote I/O
(1)(2) 24VDC input/output (DCIN/DCOUT)
1 3
1
2
3
I/O +24V
0V
FG
<Cable side connector type>
Connector: 2-178288-3
Contact: 1-175218-5 x3
Recommended manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
(5) (6)
No. Connector name
(4) FG
Function
FG terminal
(5) EXT
(6) SUBP
Relay wiring
Mahine operation panel B switch
(3) Remote I/O connected connector (RIOIN)
1 3
1
2
3
I/O TXRX
I/O TXRX*
0V
<Cable side connector type>
Connector: 1-178288-3
Contact: 1-175218-2 x3
Recommended manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
(4) FG terminal (FG)
(5) Relay wiring (EXT)
A5
A1
B5 B1
B05 -
B04 O
B03 O
B02 O
B01 O
A05 -
Relay EMGCOM
A04 O
Relay 6
Relay 4
Relay 2
A03 O
A02 O
A03 O
<Cable side connector type>
Connector: HIF3BA-10D-2.54C
Contact: HIF3-2428SC
Recommended manufacturer: Hirose Electric
Relay EMG
Relay 5
Relay 3
Relay 1
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.12 MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel
77
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
(6) Machine operation panel B switch (SUBP)
A20 A1
B1
B20
B20
B19
B18
B17
B16
B15
I
I
I
I
-
-
Relay EMGCOM A20
Relay 6 A19
Relay 4
Relay 2
A18
A17
0V
0V
A16
A15
I
I
I
I
I
I
Relay EMG
Relay 5
Relay 3
Relay 1
Spare SW(X75)
Spare SW(X74)
-
I
I
I
-
-
I
I
-
I
I
-
I
I
B14
B13
B12
B11
B10
B09
B08
B07
B06
B05
B04
B03
B02
B01
0V
0V
F(X6D)
D(0V)
B(X6E)
F(X67)
D(0V)
B(X68)
F(X61)
D(0V)
B(X62)
<Cable side connector type>
Connector: HIF3BA-40D-2.54C
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A09
A08
A07
A06
A05
A04
A03
A02
A01
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I Spare SW(X73)
Selector SW(X72)
Contact:HIF3-2428SC
Recommended manufacturer: Hirose Electric
G(X71)
E(X6F)
C(X70)
A(X6C)
G(X6B)
E(X66)
C(X6A)
A(X66)
G(X65)
E(X63)
C(X64)
A(X60)
78
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.12 MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel
(a) Wiring of machine operation panel B
<Wiring of rotary switch (SUBP)>
X6C
X6D
X6E
X6F
X70
X71
X66
X67
X68
X69
X6A
X6B
Machine Operation Panel
I/F PCB HN232
+5V
R
1kΩ
X60
R
X61
R
X62
R
X63
R
X64
R
X65
[SUBP]
A01
B03
B01
A03
A02
A04
B02
+5V
R
R
R
R
R
R
A05
B07
B05
A07
A06
A08
B06
+5V
R
R
R
R
R
R
A09
B11
B09
A11
A10
A12
B10
Machine operation panel B
(FCU7-KB926)
Rotary Switch
A
F
(RSW1)
(For cutting override)
21 position
Real gray code
B
E
C
G
D
G
D
E
C
A
Rotary Switch
(RSW2)
(For spindle override)
F
8 position
Real gray code
B
A
G
D
E
C
F
B
Rotary Switch
(Spare)
(Note1) Use the special lead wire with a connector for wiring of rotary switch.
Lead wire with a connector: ACX011-705 (7 terminals, 0.5m) Fuji Electric
(Note2) A09 to 12 and B09 to 11 of SUBP are spares, so they do not need wiring.
(Note3) Select a rotary switch which guarantees 5V/1mA.
(Note4) Length of cables must be 0.5m or shorter.
(Note5) The numbers in the above diagram do not indicate the actual device numbers.
79
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
<Wiring of other switches (SUBP)>
X72
Machine Operation Panel
I/F PCB HN232
+5V
R
1kΩ [SUBP]
A13
B13
R
A14
X73
B14
R
A15
X74
B15
R
A16
X75
B16
Machine operation panel B
(FCU7-KB926)
Selector Switch
(For memory protection)
2 notch Key shape
2c Manual return type
Switch input spare
(3 points)
[EXT]
A01
EMG
B01
A02
B02
A03
B03
A04
B04
A05
B05
A17
B17
A18
B18
A19
B19
A20
B20
Spare for signal relay
Push down switch
(For emergency stop)
Push Lock -
Turn Reset
2a2b contact
(Note1) Wirings for selector switches must be directly soldered to terminals or use tab terminals (110 series).
(Note2) When wiring the emergency stop switch, the crimp terminal must be fastened with thread.
(Note3) For NCs whose control unit and display unit are integrated, wire the emergency stop switch directly to the EMG connector of the control unit. (Use F120 cable)
And for NCs whose control unit and display are separated, relay it by the machine operation panel I/F PCB HN232.
(Note4) Select a rotary switch which guarantees 5V/1mA.
(Note5) Length of cables must be 0.5m or shorter.
(Note6) The numbers in the above diagram do not indicate the actual device numbers.
80
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.12 MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel
<Connection when the selector SW has 3 notches>
+5V
R
[SUBP]
A13
X72
B13
R
A14
X73
B14
R
A15
X74
B15
R
A16
X75
B16
Selector SW
3 notch
2a2b Manual return type
<Connection when relaying wiring to control panel>
[EXT]
A01
PON
PONCOM
(0V)
B01
A02
POFF
POFFCOM
(0V)
B02
A17
B17
A18
B18
A03
EMG
EMGCOM
(24VDC)
EMG
B03
A04
EMGCOM
(24VDC)
B04
A05
B05
A19
B19
A20
B20
P-ON
P-OFF
Connection with
P-ON/OFF Switch
Push button SW
(For emergency stop)
Push Lock -
Turn Reset
2a2b contact
Connection using two contacts
of emergency switch
81
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
2.12.2 MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel B
Outline dimension
[FCU7-KB926 (MITSUBISHI CNC machine operation panel B)]
140
32
2
70 (Space required for wiring)
48
<Panel cut drawing>
140 (Unit outline)
130 0.3
(Square hole)
124
4-M3 Screw
82
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.12 MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel
Connector
(1)
(3)
(2)
(4)
No.
Switch
(1) Memory protection switch
(2) Emergency stop button
(1) Memory protection switch
<Contact configuration>
No.
Switch
(3) Spindle override (RSW2)
(4) Cutting override (RSW1)
Contact 2 Contact 1
C
C
-
NO
O Contact 1(A contact)
NC
O Contact 1(B contact)
-
Contact 1(Common)
Contact 2(Common)
NO
O Contact 2(A contact)
NC
O Contact 2(B contact)
<Switch type>
Switch: HA1K-2C2B
Recommended manufacturer: IDEC
Connection: Terminal (#110 type)
83
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
(2) Emergency stop button
33
34
41
42
13
14
21
22
O Contact 1(A contact)
O Contact 1(A contact)
O Contact 2(B contact)
O Contact 2(B contact)
O Contact 3(A contact)
O Contact 3(A contact)
O Contact 4(B contact)
O Contact 4(B contact)
<Switch type>
Switch: XA1E-BV422MR
Recommended manufacturer: IDEC
Connection: Thread terminal (M3)
(3) Spindle override (RSW2)
A G
84
E
F
G
C
D
A
B
O Output signal 1
O Output signal 3
O Output signal 5
Common terminal
O Output signal 4
O Output signal 2
-
<Switch type>
Switch: AC09-GX0/7L3B02
Recommended manufacturer: Fuji Electric
Connection: Connector
<Switch side connector type>
Connector: IL-7P-S3EN2
Recommended manufacturer: Japan Aviation Electronics
<Cable side connector type>
Connector: IL-7S-S3L-(N)
Contact: L-C2-10000
Recommended manufacturer: Japan Aviation Electronics
(4) Cutting override (RSW1)
A G
F
G
D
E
A
B
C
O Output signal 1
O Output signal 3
O Output signal 5
Common terminal
O Output signal 4
O Output signal 2
O Output signal 6
<Switch type>
Switch: AC09-GY0/20L3B02
Recommended manufacturer: Fuji Electric
Connection: Connector
<Switch side connector type>
Connector: IL-7P-S3EN2
Recommended manufacturer: Japan Aviation Electronics
<Cable side connector type>
Connector: IL-7S-S3L-(N)
Contact: IL-C2-10000
Recommended manufacturer: Japan Aviation Electronics
M700VS Series Connection Manual
2.12 MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel
85
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 General Specifications
2.13 Exclusive CF Cards for MITSUBISHI CNC
Item
Capacity
Operation-guaranteed temperature
NAND Flash
FCU7-CF256M
256MB
-40 ℃ to +85 ℃
SLC (Note)
FCU7-CF002G
2GB
(Note) SLC stands for Single Level Cell, and it stores one bit data in each memory cell.
This provides longer life span and high product reliability in comparison with MLC (Multi Level Cell), which is commonly applied to CF cards.
2.13.1 Precautions for Use of Commercially Available CF Cards
Mitsubishi is unable to guarantee the machine operation when a commercially available CF card or SD memory card
(SD-CF adapter is required) is used. In that case, performance check must be made carefully by machine tool builder.
(1) Commercially available CF cards may not be compatible with MITSUBISHI units or suitable FA environment for temperature- or noise-wise. In case of using it, careful performance check must be required by the machine tool builder.
(2) When inserting/removing a commercially available CF card, turn the MITSUBISHI device’s power OFF to avoid any troubles. If a card must be inserted and removed while the power is ON, make sure to take sufficient time (approx. ten seconds or more) between the insertion and removal.
(3) Do not pull out the card or turn OFF the power during access to the CF card. Failure to observe this could cause the memory contents to be erased. In case of emergency, always perform backups by having your important data duplicated, etc. as MITSUBISHI will not guarantee the broken or lost data.
86
3
Installation
87
MITSUBISHI CNC
3 Installation
3.1 Heat Radiation Countermeasures
Please refer to the following method for heat radiation countermeasures.
Example of heat radiation countermeasures
<Hypothetical conditions>
(1) Average internal temperature of operation panel: T
≤
55°C
(2) Peripheral temperature of operation panel : Ta ≤ 0°C to 45°C
(3) Internal temperature rise value : Δ T = T - Ta (max) = 10°C
Procedures for heat design and verification
Calculate total heat radiation of each mounted unit (W)
Calculate cooling capacity of operation panel (W1)
W
≤
W1
Comparison of W and W1
W>W1
Selection of heat exchanger
Mounting design
Collection of internal temperature rise distribution data
Δ T
≤
10°C
Evaluation
Δ T>10°C
Improvements
Completion
<Supplement>
(1) Refer to "General Specification" for the heat generated by each unit.
(2) Enclosed cabinet (thin steel plate) cooling capacity calculation equation
W1 = U × A × Δ T
U: 6 W/m
2
°C
A: Effective heat radiation area (m
2
) (Area where heat can be radiated from operation panel)
Δ T: Internal temperature rise value (10°C)
(Caution) 8 W/m
2
°C can be applied only when the operation panel is so small that the internal temperature stays uniform.
(3) Points of caution for heat radiation countermeasures when designing mounting state
- Consider convection in operation panel (eliminate heat spots)
- Collect hot air at suction port of heat exchanger in operation panel.
(4) Criterion for internal temperature rise distribution data
Δ T (average value)
≤
10°C
Δ Tmax (maximum value) ≤ 15°C
R (inconsistency Δ Tmax - Δ Tmin)
≤
6°C
(Evaluate existence of heat spots)
88
M700VS Series Connection Manual
3.1 Heat Radiation Countermeasures
The following shows an example of calculation applied to heat radiation countermeasures for the operation panel when
8.4-type display unit is used. Because heat will accumulate in the upper portions of the unit, install an agitating fan as required.
Display Unit
(Agitating fan)
260 140
120
600
89
MITSUBISHI CNC
3 Installation
Calculation example of panel internal heating value
(1) Calculation of unit heating value
Heating value (W)
Total heating value of units (W):
28W (= control unit + display unit + keyboard unit + operation panel I/O unit)
Total heating value (W) by machine input (D1):
5.6W (=24V (total heating value when the 32 points are simultaneously turned ON) × 7.3mA × 32)
... 24V (current consumption per point of the operation panel I/O unit DI) divided by 3.3k
Ω ≈
7.3mA
Total heating value W = 33.6W (28 + 5.6)
(2) Calculation of operation panel cooling capacity
Tolerance value for temperature rise ( ⊿ t)
Panel internal temperature (according to each unit's specification) T
≤
55C°
Panel peripheral temperature (according to machine's specification) Ta ≤ 45C°
Tolerance value for internal temperature rise ⊿ T = 10C° (T - Ta)
Heat radiation area (A)
The surface of the molded unit, which has lower radiation capacity than the base plate surface, should be excluded for the heat radiation area in principle. The bottom of the operation panel, which has difficulty in radiating due to the temperature distribution, should also be excluded for the heat radiation area in principle.
Heat radiation area A = 0.71mm
2
( ≈ 0.6 × 0.12 + 0.6 × 0.5 × 2 - (0.26 + 0.14) × 0.2 + 0.12 × 0.5 × 2)
(Top surface) (Front, rear surface) (Unit surface) (Both sides surface)
Operation panel cooling capacity (W1)
Calculate the cooling capacity to keep the temperature rise in the operation panel less than 10°C.
Cooling capacity W1 = 42.6W (6 × A × ⊿ T)
(3) Comparison of heating value and operation panel cooling capacity
The operation panel cooling capacity is over the heating value, which presumed no need to install the heat exchanger.
(4) Confirmation with the actual machine
The result of the calculation above is only a rough indication. The actual temperature rise may differ according to the structure of the operation panel. Be sure to confirm the temperature rise value in the operation panel when the machine is running.
90
M700VS Series Connection Manual
3.2 Noise Countermeasures
3.2 Noise Countermeasures
3.2.1 Connection of FG (Frame Ground)
The frame should basically be grounded at one ground point.
Connect the control unit and operation panel I/O unit's 0V (RG) to the FG on the +24V stabilized power supply.
Operation panel I/O unit
Control unit
㪰
F070 cable
FG cable
Short bar
AC input
FG cable
Stabilized power supply Main grounding plate for electric cabinet
(Note) "24VDC" represents (+) side of 24V stabilized power supply, while "0V(RG)" represents (-) side. "FG" (Frame
Ground) corresponds to the general expression "PE" (Protective Earth).
91
MITSUBISHI CNC
3 Installation
3.2.2 Shield Clamping of Cables
The shield cables connected to the units must be properly connected to the ground with clamp fittings and the like in order to stabilize the system's operation while preventing malfunctioning due to exogenous noise. (Refer to "EMC
Installation Guidelines: EMC Countermeasure Parts: Shield Clamp Fitting".)
3.2.3 Connecting Spark Killers
Connect a spark killer on the coil or the contact in parallel for noise countermeasures.
Use spark killers which are 0.33 to 0.1
μ F, 10 to 120 Ω .
Contact
Spark killer
Coil
E
92
M700VS Series Connection Manual
3.3 Unit Installation
3.3 Unit Installation
3.3.1 Display Unit
Mount 8.4-type display unit and 10.4-type display unit with four fixing screws and the 15-type display unit with eight fixing screws.
(Note) Refer to "General Specifications: Display Unit" for the panel cut dimension drawing and the screw hole position.
[8.4-type display unit/10.4-type display unit]
[15-type display unit]
Fixing screws (4)
Fixing screws (8 pcs.)
93
MITSUBISHI CNC
3 Installation
3.3.2 Keyboard Unit
Mount the keyboard unit with four fixing screws.
(Note 1) Refer to "General Specifications: Keyboard Unit" for the panel cut dimension drawing and the screw hole position.
(Note 2) A clear protective film covers the sheet keys of the keyboard at the time of shipment. Make sure to remove the sheet before use.
Fixing screws (4)
3.3.3 Operation Panel I/O Unit
Mount the operation panel I/O unit on the back of the keyboard unit with four fixing screws.
(Note) The operation panel I/O unit is usually mounted on the keyboard unit when shipped.
Fixing screw (4 pcs.) M3x25
(with plain washer and spring washer)
NCKB Connector
94
M700VS Series Connection Manual
3.3 Unit Installation
3.3.4 Control Unit Battery
A lithium battery in the control unit battery holder retains parameter settings, machining programs and the like, which requires to be backed up at the power OFF.
Battery
Q6BAT
Battery cumulative data holding time
45,000 hours (At 0 to 45 ° C. The life will be shorter if the temperature is high.)
Battery life
Approx. 5 years (from date of battery manufacture)
[Installation method]
(1) Check that the machine power is turned OFF. (If the power is not OFF, turn it OFF.)
(2) Confirm that the control unit LED, 7-segment display, etc., are all OFF.
(3) Open the battery cover of the control unit. Pull the right side of the battery cover toward front.
(4) Fit the new battery into the battery holder.
(5) Insert the connector connected to the new battery into the BAT connector. Pay attention to the connector orientation: do not insert backwards.
(6) Close the front cover of the control unit. At this time, confirm that the cover is closed by listening for the "click" sound when the latch catches.
Battery cover
Battery holder
Battery
BAT connector
[Precautions for handling battery]
(1) Do not disassemble the battery.
(2) Do not place the battery in flames or water.
(3) Do not pressurize and deform the battery.
(4) This is a primary battery so do not charge it.
CAUTION
Do not short circuit, charge, overheat, incinerate or disassemble the battery.
95
MITSUBISHI CNC
3 Installation
3.3.5 CC-Link Unit
(Note) For details on how to install the optional unit, refer to the installation procedure sheet attached to the optional unit.
This chapter explains how to install CC-Link unit alone as an example.
If installing CC-Link unit as a second optional unit, refer to the installation procedure sheet.
(1) Remove the ADONCCB connector’s cover of the control unit.
(2) Connect the CC-Link unit to the control unit’s ADONCCB connector.
(3) Fix the CC-Link unit with two screws (on the upper right and the bottom left) and mount the back cover.
96
M700VS Series Connection Manual
3.3 Unit Installation
[Where to connect the CC-Link]
Connect the ADONCCB BOT connector on the back side of the CC-Link unit to the ADONCCB connector on the control unit.
[Back cover Installation]
(1) Insert the three tabs on the bottom edge of the cover into the control unit.
(2) Insert two snap-fits on the top right and left edges of the cover into the control unit.
(Back side of the CC-Link Unit)
97
MITSUBISHI CNC
3 Installation
98
4
Connection
99
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Connection
4.1 Precautions for Wiring
4.1.1 Precautions when Connecting/Disconnecting Cables
If the cable is connected/disconnected without turning the power OFF, the normal unit or peripheral devices could be damaged, and risks could be imposed.
Disconnect each cable with the following procedures.
(a) For the following type of connector, press the tabs with a thumb and forefinger in the direction of the arrow, and pull the connector off.
(1) Press
(1) Press
(2) Pull
(2) Pull
View from above
(1) Press
(2) Pull
(2) Pull
CAUTION
1. Do not connect or disconnect the cables between units while the power is ON.
2. Do not pull the cables when connecting/disconnecting it.
(1) Press
100
M700VS Series Connection Manual
4.1 Precautions for Wiring
(b) For a flat cable type connector with latches, open the latches in the directions of the arrows, and pull the connector off.
(1) Open
(2) Pull
(c) For a flat cable type connector without latches, hold the connector with a thumb and forefinger, and pull the connector off.
(1) Hold with thumb and forefinger.
(2) Pull
(d) For the screw fixed type connector, loosen the two fixing screws, and pull the connector off.
(1) Loosen
(1) Loosen
(2) Pull
(2) Pull
CAUTION
1. Do not connect or disconnect the cables between units while the power is ON.
2. Do not pull the cables when connecting/disconnecting it.
101
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Connection
(e) For the optical cable connector, pull off while holding down the lock button.
(1) Press
(2) Pull
(f) For the Ethernet connector, pull off while holding down the locked latch.
(1) Press
(2) Pull
CAUTION
1. Do not connect or disconnect the cables between units while the power is ON.
2. Do not pull the cables when connecting/disconnecting it.
102
M700VS Series Connection Manual
4.1 Precautions for Wiring
4.1.2 Precautions for Using Optical Communication Cable
An optical communication cable is used for communication between the control unit and the drive unit.
Special precautions, differing from the conventional cable, are required when laying and handling the optical communication cable.
(Note) If the cable you use is not Mitsubishi's, malfunctions resulted from connection problems or aged deterioration are not covered under the warranty.
4.1.2.1 Optical Communication Cable Outline and Parts
Optical connector
Fiber code/connector connection section
Fiber cord
Bushing
Reinforced sheath
22.7
150 35
To ensure the system performance and reliability, purchase the optical communication cable from Mitsubishi. A machining drawing is given in "Cable" as reference, but the purchased optical communication cable cannot be cut or connected by the machine tool builder.
4.1.2.2 Precautions for Handling Optical Communication Cable
(1) A protective cap is attached to the optical module and optical communication cable mounted on the PCB when the system is delivered. Leaving this protective cap unattached could result in connection faults from the adherence of dirt and dust. Do not remove the protective cap when not connecting the cable. If dirty, wipe off lightly with a piece of dry gauze, etc. (Do not use solvents such as alcohol as the optical fiber material could melt.)
(2) Hold the connector section when connecting or disconnecting the optical connector. Holding the fiber cord will result in force exceeding the tolerable tension on the fiber cord and connector connection section, and could cause the fiber cord to dislocate from the optical connector thereby inhibiting use.
(3) The optical connector cannot be connected in reversed. Check the connector orientation when connecting the optical communication cable to the optical module. Align the connector lock lever with the lock holes on the PCB's optical module, and press the connector straight in. Confirm that the lock lever connects with the optical module and that a "click" is heard.
(4) When disconnecting the optical communication cable from the PCB, press the lock release buttons on the lock lever, and pull out the cable while holding the connector section. The connector could be damaged if the cable is pulled without pressing down on the lock release buttons.
(5) Do not apply excessive force onto the optical communication cable by stepping on it or dropping tools, etc., on it.
103
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Connection
4.1.2.3 Precautions for Laying Optical Communication Cable
(1) Do not apply a force exceeding the cable's tolerable tension. Binding the cables too tight with tie-wraps could result in an increased loss or a disconnection. Use a cushioning material such as a sponge or rubber when bundling the cables and fix so that the cables do not move.
(2) Do not connect the cables with a radius less than the tolerable bending radius. Excessive stress could be applied near the connector connection section and cause the optical characteristics to drop. The cable bending radius should be 10 times or more than the outer diameter at the reinforced sheath, and 20 times or more than the outer diameter at the fiber cord section.
(3) Do not apply torsion to the optical communication cable. Laying a twisted cable could cause the optical characteristics to drop.
(4) When laying the cables in a conduit, avoid applying stress on the fiber cord and connector connection section. Use the tensile end such as a pulling eye or cable grip, etc.
(5) Fix the reinforced sheath with a cable clamp so that the mass of the optical communication cable is not directly applied on the fiber cord and connector connection section.
(6) Never bundle the cables with vinyl tape. The plasticizing material in the vinyl tape could cause the POF cable to break.
(7) Loop the excessive cable with twice or more than the minimum bending radius.
Control unit
Recommended clamp material
CKN-13SP
KITAGAWA INDUSTRIES
Optical communication cable
(section with reinforced sheath):
Bending radius: Refer to the specification of
your optical communication cable.
4.1.3 Precautions for Connecting 24V Power Supply
(1) When 24V power is supplied to the unit (control unit, display unit) under the following conditions, welding may occur on the contacts due to rush current; so be careful.
When 24VDC's ON/OFF are directly controlled by a magnetic switch such as relay AND
When heat capacity of the contacts for relay, etc. used to control 24VDC's ON/OFF is small.
104
M700VS Series Connection Manual
4.2 Connection of Control Unit
4.2 Connection of Control Unit
The method for connecting to each unit and device from the control unit is explained in this section.
4.2.1 Control Unit Connection System Drawing
Control unit
Operation panel I/O unit
CG71
G011 cable
CG71
SIO1/SIO2
ENC
LCD
INV
TP
MENUKEY
F034,F035 cable
R050,R054 cable
G023,G024 cable
Accessory cable for unit
Accessory cable for unit
Accessory cable for unit
Accessory cable for unit
RS-232C device
Synchronous feed encoder, or
5V manual pulse generator
Display unit
R030 cable
Skip input (Sensor input)
SKIP
G395/G396/G380 cable
OPT1/OPT2
RIO1
CG72
LAN
R211 cable
G214 cable
G300 cable (cross)
Servo/Spindle drive unit
Optical communication repeater unit
Remote I/O unit
MITSUBISHI CNC Machine operation panel
Remote I/O unit
MITSUBISHI CNC Machine operation panel
Ethernet device
F120 cable
EMG
DCIN
F070 cable
Emergency stop signal
24VDC
Stabilized power supply
(Note) Connect the "TP" when the unit is display unit with touch panel or 15-type display unit.
105
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Connection
4.2.2 Connecting with Power Supply
Connect a general-purpose 24VDC stabilized power supply or PD25 power supply unit to the control unit.
(1) When using general-purpose 24VDC stabilized power supply
F070 cable
NFB
MC
L1
L2
L3
FG
AC
AC
FG
+24V
0V
(Note 2)
ON OFF
MC
DCIN
24VDC
DCIN
1
0V
FG
2
3
DCIN
Control unit
MC
Connector name : DCIN
Connector : 2-178288-3
Contact : 1-175218-5
Recommended manufacturer: Tyco Electronics AMP
(Note 1) Rush current may occur to lead welding on the contacts, when a magnetic switch such as relay directly controls 24VDC's ON/OFF during 24V power supply to the control unit. Use relay with large heat capacity of contacts to control 24VDC's ON/OFF.
(Note 2) Make a short-circuit between 0V and FG on the terminal to cut noise.
<Related items>
Cable drawing "Cable: F070 Cable"
Connector pin assignment: "General Specifications: Control Unit" (DCIN connector)
(2) When using PD25 power supply unit
L1
L2
L3
FG
NFB MC
1
2
ACIN
F170 cable
ON
OFF
ON/OFF switch
3
ON/OFF SW
ON/OFF
FAN ALARM
POWER
DCOUT
DCIN
F110 cable
CF01
(Note)
ACFAIL
DCIN
Control unit
(Note) MITSUBISHI CNC 700VS series does not employ ACFAIL function. (CF01 is not connected.)
<Related items>
Cable drawing: "Cable: F110 Cable", "Cable: F170 Cable"
Connector pin assignment: "General Specifications: Control Unit" (DCIN connector)
106
4.2.3 Connecting with Emergency Stop Signal
Connect the emergency stop switch to EMG connector by F120 cable.
Emergency stop switch
F120
M700VS Series Connection Manual
4.2 Connection of Control Unit
NC control unit
EMG
Emergency stop switch
NC control unit
+24V
EMG
R EMGIN
FG
LG
Emergency stop input circuit
<Related items>
Cable drawing: "Cable: F120 Cable"
Besides the emergency stop input from the NC controller, double-protection when an emergency stop occurs can be provided by directly inputting an external emergency stop to the drive unit. Even if the emergency stop is not input from
NC for some reason, the contactors can be shut off by the external emergency stop input.
Outlines are shown below. For more details, refer to the Instruction Manual of each drive unit.
<Power supply unit (MDS-D2-CV) external emergency stop: Example>
NC control unit
Stabilized power supply
+24V
EMG
F120
Emergency stop switch
0V(LG
Power supply unit
MDS-D2-CV
CN24
4A
R
NC control unit
+24V
3
EMG
3
EMGIN
2
FG
1
2
1
LG
Emergency stop input circuit
1A
MDS-D2-CV
107
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Connection
<Drive unit (MDS-DJ-V1) external emergency stop: Example>
NC control unit
F120
Stabilized power supply
+24V
0V(LG
Emergency stop switch
CN9
5
MDS-DJ
R
NC control unit
+24V
3
EMG
3
EMGIN
2
2
FG
1 1
LG
Emergency stop input circuit
MDS-DJ-V1
20
<Caution>
(1) External emergency stop cannot substitute the emergency stop signal which is input to NC.
It is a function which helps the NC emergency stop.
(2) When duplicating emergency stop input, wire the NC emergency stop input and the power supply unit external emergency stop input from the same emergency stop switch.
108
M700VS Series Connection Manual
4.2 Connection of Control Unit
4.2.4 Connecting with Operation Panel I/O Unit
Connect the operation panel I/O unit to the connector CG71.
Operation panel
I/O unit
Control unit
CG71
G011 cable
CG71
<Related items>
Cable drawing: "Cable G011 Cable"
Connector pin assignment: "General Specifications: Control Unit" (CG71 connector)
109
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Connection
4.2.5 Connecting with Drive Unit
Connect the optical communication cables from the NC to the each drive unit so that they run in a straight line from the
NC to the drive unit that is a final axis. Up to 16 axes can be connected per system. Note that the number of connected axes is limited by the NC.
(Note) Refer to "Precautions for Using Optical Communication Cable" when handling and wiring optical communication cable.
Cable application table
Cable
G396
G395
G380
Panel internal wiring
Under 10m 10 to 30m
○ ×
○
○
×
○
Panel external wiring
10m or less 10 to 30m
× ×
○
○
×
○
(Note) Wiring of over 30m can be applied when relaying the optical signal by optical communication repeater unit. Refer to the specification manual of the drive unit for the details of the optical communication repeater unit.
110
M700VS Series Connection Manual
4.2 Connection of Control Unit
4.2.5.1 Connecting with MDS-D2/DH2 Series
CAUTION
1. Connect the NC and the drive units by the optical communication cables. The distance between the NC and the final drive unit must be within 30m and the bending radius within 80mm.
2. For the main circuit wiring of the drive unit and power supply unit, the drive unit of 200V series is to be wired with MDS-D2-CV, and the drive unit of 400V series is to be wired with MDS-DH2-CV.
3. A spindle drive unit that controls the high-speed synchronous tapping (OMR-DD control) has to be connected on the farther side from the NC than the subject synchronous tapping control.
POINT
Axis Nos. are determined by the rotary switch for setting the axis No. (Refer to the instruction manual of Drive unit.) The axis No. has no relation to the order for connecting to the NC.
(1) When using one power supply unit
Connect the largest-capacity spindle drive unit to the final axis of the NC communication bus in order to control the power supply unit. The spindle drive unit must be installed adjacent to the power supply unit. In the system with servo only, a servo drive unit for controlling unbalance axis must be installed in the same manner in the same way.
< Connection >
CN1A : CN1B connector on NC or previous stage's drive unit
CN1B : CN1A connector on next stage's drive unit
CN4 : Connector for communication between power supply unit (master side) and drive unit
MDS-D2/DH2-V2
1st/2nd axis
MDS-D2/DH2-V1
3rd axis
MDS-D2-SP2
4th/5th axis
MDS-D2/DH2-SP
6th axis
(Final axis)
MDS-D2/DH2-CV
Connected to the NC
Optical communication cable
CN4
CN4
The optical communication cables from the NC to the final drive unit must be within 30m.
Connection when using one power supply unit
111
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Connection
(2) When using two or more power supply units within a single NC communication bus system
Two or more power supply units may be required within a single NC communication bus system if the spindle drive unit capacity is large. The drive unit receiving power (L+, L-) from each power supply unit must always have NC communication cable connection at the NC side of each power supply unit. In the NC communication bus connection example below, power supply [1] cannot supply power (L+, L-) to the 5th axis servo drive unit.
For basic connection information, refer to "(1) When using one power supply unit".
Connected to the NC
MDS-D2/DH2-V2
1st/2nd axis
MDS-D2/DH2-V2
3rd/4th axis
(CV control axis)
MDS-D2/DH2-CV
[1]
MDS-D2/DH2-V1
5th axis
MDS-D2-SP2
6th/7th axis
MDS-D2/DH2-SP
8th axis
(CV control axis)
MDS-D2/DH2-CV
[2]
CN4 CN4
Optical communication cable
CN4 CN4
Power cannot be supplied
Connections when using two power supply units within a single NC communication bus system
CAUTION
1. The drive unit receiving power (L+, L-) from each power supply unit must always have NC communication bus connection at the NC side of each power supply unit.
2. If two or more power supply units are connected in the drive system, confirm that the units are not connected with each other through the L+ and L- lines before turning ON the power. Also make sure that the total capacity of the drive units connected to the same power supply unit meets the unit's selected capacity.
112
M700VS Series Connection Manual
4.2 Connection of Control Unit
4.2.5.2 Connecting with MDS-DM2 Series
CAUTION
1.Connect the NC and the drive units by the optical communication cables. The distance between the NC and the final drive unit must be within 30m and the bending radius within 80mm.
2.A spindle drive unit that controls the high-speed synchronous tapping (OMR-DD control) has to be connected on the farther side from the NC than the subject synchronous tapping control.
Thus, if you use an MDS-DM2 unit for servo control of the high-speed synchronous tapping, combinable spindle drive is that of the MDS-DM2 unit only.
(1) When using only MDS-DM2-SPV Series
MDS-DM2-SPV3
Spindle:1st axis
Servo:2nd/3rd/4th axis
Connected to the NC
Optical communication cable
(2) When using the MDS-D2 unit together
MDS-D2-V2
5th/6th axis
MDS-D2-SP
7th axis
(Final axis)
MDS-D2-CV
Connected to the NC
Optical communication cable
CN4
CN4
MDS-DM2-SPV3
Spindle:1st axis
Servo:2nd/3rd/4th axis
The optical communication cables from the NC to the final drive unit must be within 30m.
POINT
For MDS-DM2-SPV Series, axis Nos. are fixed as follows.
1st axis : spindle
2nd axis : servo L axis
3rd axis : servo M axis
4th axis : servo axis (only MDS-DM2-SPV3)
113
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Connection
4.2.5.3 Connecting with MDS-DJ Series
CAUTION
1. Connect the NC and the drive units by the optical communication cables. The distance between the NC and the final drive unit must be within 30m and the bending radius within 80mm.
2. A spindle drive unit that controls the high-speed synchronous tapping (OMR-DD control) has to be connected on the farther side from the NC than the subject synchronous control.
POINT
Axis Nos. are determined by the rotary switch for setting the axis No. (Refer to the instruction manual of drive unit.) The axis No. has no relation to the order for connecting to the NC.
＜ Connection ＞
CN1A:CN1B connector on NC or previous stage's drive unit
CN1B:CN1A connector on next stage's drive unit
MDS-DJ-V1
1st axis
MDS-DJ-V1
2nd axis
MDS-DJ-V1
3rd axis
MDS-DJ-SP
4th axis
Connected to the NC
Optical communication cable
The optical communication cables from the NC to the final drive unit must be within 30m.
114
M700VS Series Connection Manual
4.2 Connection of Control Unit
4.2.6 Connecting with Optical Communication Repeater Unit
CAUTION
Optical Communication Repeater Unit cannot be used to connect between two Servo Drive Units.
(1) Connection example
For the 1st part system, connect the control unit to OPT1IN and the drive unit to OPT1OUT.
For the 2nd part system, connect the control unit to OPT2IN and the drive unit to OPT2OUT.
(Note) The figure below is an example of the two part system's optical communication.
Electric cabinet
Drive Units
$1
$2
Relay box
G380
G380
24VDC stabilized power supply
ACIN
F070
DCOUT
DCIN
FG
Optical communication repeater unit
FG
DCOUT
CF01
FCU7-EX022
OPT1OUT OPT1IN
OPT2OUT OPT2IN
G380
G380
Operation panel
24VDC stabilized power supply
ACIN
F070
DCOUT
Control unit
ON/OFF
FG
FG
DCIN
CF01
OPT1
OPT2
L1 : Max. cable length > 30m
L2 : Max. cable length < 30m
L3 : Max. cable length < 30m
L1: Distance between the drive unit and the control unit.
L2: Distance between the drive unit and the optical communication repeater unit. (The wire length of G380 cable)
L3: Distance between the optical communication repeater unit and the control unit. (The wire length of G380 cable)
<Related items>
Cable drawing "Cable: F070 Cable", "Cable: G380 Cable"
Connector pin assignment: "General Specifications: Optical Communication Repeater Unit" (DCIN connector,
OPT1IN connector, OPT1OUT connector, OPT2IN connector, OPT2OUT connector)
115
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Connection
(2) Power Supply Sequence
The diagram below shows the timing of power ON/OFF of the drive unit 200VAC (400VAC), the optical communication repeater unit, and the control unit.
[Power ON]
Turn the power ON in the following order; drive unit -> optical communication repeater unit -> control unit
If the control unit is powered ON before the optical communication repeater unit, the initial communication with the drive unit may fail and cause an alarm.
[Power OFF]
Turn the power OFF in the following order; control unit -> optical communication repeater unit -> drive unit.
Set aside more than 8ms the time difference between the power OFF of the control unit and the power OFF of the optical communication repeater unit.
If the optical communication repeater unit is powered OFF before the drive unit, or the time lag is less than 8ms, data acquisition from the drive unit may fail and cause an alarm.
200VAC
(400VAC)
(Drive unit power)
24VDC
(The optical communication repeater unit power) t1 0ms t2 0ms t3 8ms
24VDC
(The control unit power) t1: Time lag between the power-ON of the drive unit and the optical communication repeater unit t2: Time lag between the power-ON of the optical communication repeater unit and the control unit t3: Time lag between the power-OFF of the optical communication repeater unit and the control unit
116
M700VS Series Connection Manual
4.2 Connection of Control Unit
4.2.7 Connecting with I/O Devices via CC-Link
CC-Link unit (FCU7-HN746) works as master station or local station of CC-Link (Ver.2 mode).
Mount the CC-Link unit on the control unit's expansion card slot.
CC-Link uses the dedicated cable. Connect the cable to the terminal block provided with the CC-Link unit.
Make sure to attach the terminator, provided with the CC-Link unit, to the final station unit.
(Note) CC-Link is an option unit.
CC-Link unit(FCU7-HN746)
Expansion unit
FG terminal block
Terminal block
CC-Link remote I/O station
CC-Link network connector
CC-Link cable
NC side CC-Link unit terminal block
FG
Terminator
(Note 2)
Remote I/O station terminal block
DA
DB
DG
SLD
FG
FG
Remote I/O station terminal block
DA
DB
DG
Terminator
(Note 2)
SLD
FG
FG
Shielded twisted cable (with 3 wires) (Note 1) Shielded twisted cable (with 3 wires) (Note 1)
(Note 1) Unless the CC-Link dedicated cable is used, CC-Link system does not guarantee its operation. For the specifications of the CC-Link dedicated cable and the inquiries, see the homepage of the CC-Link Partner
Association (http://www.cc-link.org/). (Click "Product Information".)
(Note 2) Use the terminator provided with the CC-Link unit. The value of the terminator depends on the cable used:
110 Ω when the CC-Link dedicated cable is used, 130 Ω when the CC-Link dedicated high performance cable is used.
(Note 3) Use the FG terminal on the NC side CC-Link terminal block for the connection to the ground of the electric cabinet.
117
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Connection
Wiring the cables to the CC-Link terminal block
(1) Remove the sheath of the cable and isolate each internal wire from the shield mesh.
(2) Remove the shield mesh and the coat of each internal wire. Twist the core wires.
Shield mesh
Shielded twisted cable (with 3 wires)
Approx.
7mm
(3) In the intermediate station, twist together the same wires or the shield meshes of the cables from/to the previous/next station.
(4) In the final station, process the provided terminator as follows to attach to the station.
Terminator
Cut Cut
Shorten the coated part
Bend the lead wires
(5) Insert the core wire into the opening of the terminal block. Hold the wire tight with a flat-blade screwdriver.
Check the screws on the terminal are loose enough before inserting the wires into the openings.
In the intermediate station In the final station
Flat-blade driver
(Note 1)
Do not solder-plate the core wire, which leads a defective cable contact.
(Note 2)
Make sure the lead wires are kept inserted when mounting the terminator.
To the previous station
To the next station
DA wire DB wire
Terminator
(6) After wiring cables to the terminal block, Mount the terminal block into the CC-Link connector and fix it with a flat-blade screwdriver.
118
M700VS Series Connection Manual
4.2 Connection of Control Unit
4.2.8 Connecting with RS-232C Device
(1) Connect the RS-232C device to the connector SIO1/SIO2.
Control unit
F035 cable
RS-232C device
SIO1/SIO2
Cable name
F034 cable
F035 cable
1ch 2ch
General-purpose cable
See (2)
[SIO]
Connector : 10120-3000VE
Case : 10320-52F0-008
Manufacturer : 3M
SD1(TXD1)
RD1(RXD1)
RS1(RTS1)
CS1(CTS1)
ER1(DTR1)
DR1(DSR1)
Reserved
Reserved
0V
SIO
14
4
16
6
1
12
2
13
3
SD2(TXD2)
RD2(RXD2)
RS2(RTS2)
CS2(CTS2)
ER2(DTR2)
DR2(DSR2)
Reserved
Reserved
0V
19
9
20
10
11
17
7
18
8
2ch
20
6
8
9
7
2
3
4
5
1ch
20
6
8
9
7
2
3
4
5
[1ch] [2ch]
Connector
Contact
Lock nut
Manufacturer
: CDB-25S
: CD-SC-111
: HD-LNA
: Hirose Electric
FG
Wire material
Recommended
manufacturer
: UL1061-2464 AWG22×12P
: Oki Electric Cable
<Related items>
Cable drawing: "Cable: F034/F035 Cable"
Connector pin assignment: "General Specifications: Control Unit" (SIO connector)
119
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Connection
(2) Example of wiring connections to the RS-232C device
When connecting to the RS-232C device, refer to the following diagrams and cross the wiring for the transmission signals.
Hand shaking upon RS/CS, ER/DR signals
SD(TXD)
RD(RXD)
RS(RTS)
CS(CTS)
ER(DTR)
DR(DSR)
CD(DCD)
0V
FG
SD(TXD)
RD(RXD)
RS(RTS)
CS(CTS)
ER(DTR)
DR(DSR)
CD(DCD)
0V
FG
No hand shaking upon RS/CS, ER/DR signals
SD(TXD)
RD(RXD)
RS(RTS)
CS(CTS)
ER(DTR)
DR(DSR)
CD(DCD)
0V
FG
SD(TXD)
RD(RXD)
RS(RTS)
CS(CTS)
ER(DTR)
DR(DSR)
CD(DCD)
0V
FG
120
4.2.9 Connecting with Skip Signal (Sensor)
Connect skip signals to the connector SKIP.
Skip signals are used for processing high-speed signals. Always shield the cable.
Control unit
M700VS Series Connection Manual
4.2 Connection of Control Unit
FCUA-R030
SKIP
(Note) Connecting the skip signal cable to a wrong connector causes a damage on the control unit when turning ON the skip signal power supply. Confirm the wiring before turning the power ON.
(1) Connection of skip signal cable
<0V connection at COM terminal>
Control unit
SKIP
2
SI1
12
SI2
3
SI3
13
SI4
7
SI5
17
SI6
8
SI7
18
SI8
COM
1,5,11,15
FG
0V connection at COM terminal
R030 cable
Stabilized power supply
24VDC(+)
0V
FG
121
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Connection
<24V connection at COM terminal>
Control unit
SKIP
2
SI1
12
SI2
3
SI3
13
SI4
7
SI5
17
SI6
8
SI7
18
SI8
COM
1,5,11,15
FG
24V connection at COM terminal
R030 cable
Stabilized power supply
24VDC(+)
0V
FG
(Note 1) NC recognizes input signals of 2ms or more as the valid skip signals. If machine contacts (relay, etc.) are used, malfunctions will occur due to chattering. Use semiconductor contacts (transistor, etc.).
(Note 2) Fold the cable shield over the sheath, and wrap copper foil tape over it. Connect the wound copper foil tape to GND plate of the connector.
<Related items>
Cable drawing: "Cable: FCUA-R930 Cable"
Connector pin assignment: "General Specifications: Control Unit" (SKIP connector)
122
M700VS Series Connection Manual
4.2 Connection of Control Unit
4.2.10 Connecting with Synchronous Feed Encoder/ Manual Pulse Generator
Synchronous feed encoder (1ch) or 5V power supply type manual pulse generator (2ch) can be connected.
Synchronous feed encoder
OSE1024-3-15-68
R054 cable
R050 cable
<Right angle>
<Straight>
5V manual pulse generator
NO.1
(Rear view)
ENC
When connecting one 5V manual pulse generator
G023 cable
5V 0V A B
NO.1
NO.2
When connecting two 5V manual pulse generators
5V 0V A B 5V 0V A B
G024 cable
5V manual pulse generator
(Rear view)
<Related items>
Cable drawing: "Cable: FCUA-R050/R054 Cable" and "Cable: G023/G024 Cable"
Connector pin assignment: "General Specifications: Control Unit" (ENC connector)
When using the synchronous feed encoder and the manual pulse generator at the same time, the cables must be prepared by the machine tool builder.
4.2.10.1 Handle Numbers
Unit configuration decides handle Nos.
"ENC": Connector on control unit "MPG": Connector on operation panel I/O unit
Operation panel I/O unit (FCU7-DX71x/ DX72x/ DX73x/DX621)
Used
Not used
1st handle
"MPG" 1ch
"ENC" 1ch
2nd handle
"MPG" 2ch
"ENC" 2ch
3rd handle
"ENC" 1ch (Note)
-
(Note) If one handle is only connected to "MPG", the handle connected to "ENC" 1ch will still be treated as the 3rd handle. "ENC" 2ch is not employed when an operation panel I/O unit is used.
123
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Connection
4.2.11 Connecting with Safety Observing I/O Device
Safety observing functions follow "IEC61800-5-2/EN61800-5-2", and safety of the functions complies with "EN
ISO13849-1:2008 (PL d, Category 3)". However, make sure to check the safety of the machine by using "risk assessment".
With this function, the following executions can be realized.
(1) Open the door without shutting the motor drive power OFF.
(2) Operate under the safety speed or lower while the door is opened.
Refer to the "Safety Handbook (Original Instructions)" (IB-1501025) for the details of the connection with the safety observing I/O devices.
Refer to the instruction manual of the drive unit for the details of the connection with the drive unit.
4.2.11.1 Connection diagram using I/O unit
Connect safety observing I/O device as the example below. (Below is an example where an MDS-DJ series drive unit is used.)
24V
EMG
Door open/close check sensor
Drive unit
EMG
MC
DOCOM
L11
L21
L1 L2 L3 G
DC24V
R
Relay
24V 24V
R
Relay
NC
Control unit
EMG RIO
DOOR1
MC_ct1
COM
Remote I/O unit
MC_dp1
MC_dp2
MC MC
T
S
R
Contactor Contactor AC reactor NFB
124
M700VS Series Connection Manual
4.2 Connection of Control Unit
4.2.11.2 Connection diagram using the STO-compatible drive system
STO (Safe Torque Off) is a function to execute the gate shutdown by drive unit's internal circuit.
This function can be substituted for one of the two contactors that were used for the redundant power shutdown.
However, the STO function can be substituted for one of the contactors.
CN9
Power supply
CN24
Door open/close check sensor
EMG
24V
Drive unit
CN23
L11
L21
L1 L2 L3 G
24V
MC
Contactor
EMG
EMG
NC Control unit
RIO
DOOR1
Remote I/O unit
MC_dp1
AC reactor NFB
T
S
R
125
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Connection
4.3 Connection of Operation Panel I/O Unit
4.3.1 Operation Panel I/O Unit Connection System Drawing
Operation panel I/O unit
G011 cable
CG71
R211 cable
RIO3
F351 cable
CG31
F351 cable
CG32
F351 cable
CG33
F351 cable
CG34
F351 cable
CG35
F351 cable
CG36
F221 cable
AO
MPG
F320/F321 cable
F023/F024 cable
Accessory cable for unit
NCKB
Control unit
CG71
Remote I/O unit, scan I/O unit card
MITSUBISHI CNC Machine operation panel
Machine control panel, switchboard, etc.
Machine control panel, switchboard, etc.
Machine control panel, switchboard, etc.
Machine control panel, switchboard, etc.
Machine control panel, switchboard, etc.
Machine control panel, switchboard, etc.
Machine control panel, switchboard, etc.
12V manual pulse generator
5V manual pulse generator
Keyboard unit
126
M700VS Series Connection Manual
4.3 Connection of Operation Panel I/O Unit
4.3.2 Connecting with Keyboard Unit
Connect the keyboard unit to the connector NCKB.
The cable comes with the keyboard unit.
Operation panel
I/O unit
Keyboard unit
(Rear view)
NCKB
(Note) Firmly insert the connection cable until it is locked.
127
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Connection
4.3.3 Connecting with Manual Pulse Generator (MPG)
Both 5V power supply type (UFO-01-2Z9) and 12V power supply type (HD60C) manual pulse generator can be used.
Take the maximum cable length, etc. into consideration when selecting.
(Note) Set one of the following parameters which is suitable for your manual pulse generator.
- 5V manual pulse generator (UFO-01-2Z9) : #1240 set12/bit0 = 1 (100 pulse/rev)
-12V manual pulse generator (HD60C) : #1240 set12/bit0 = 0 ( 25 pulse/rev)
(1) Connecting with 5V manual pulse generator (maximum cable length: 20m)
Connect the 5V manual pulse generator to the connector MPG.
NO.1
Operation panel
I/O unit
When connecting one 5V manual pulse generator
5V 0V A B
MPG
F023 cable
5V manual pulse generator
(Rear view)
NO.1
NO.2
When connecting two 5V manual pulse generators
F024 cable
5V 0V A B 5V 0V A B
(2) Connecting with 12V manual pulse generator (maximum cable length: 50m)
Connect the 12V manual pulse generator to the connector MPG.
NO.1
Operation panel
I/O unit
When connecting one
12V manual pulse generator
12V 0V A B
MPG
F320 cable
NO.1
When connecting two
12V manual pulse generators
F321 cable
12V 0V A B
12V manual pulse generator
HD60C (Rear view)
NO.2
12V 0V A B
128
(Note 1) When selecting a manual pulse generator, make sure that its case and 0V terminal are insulated.
(Note 2) Select 25pulse/rev or 100pulse/rev on the parameter screen.
<Related items>
Cable drawing: “Cable: F023/F024 Cable"
Connector pin assignment: "General Specifications: Operation Panel I/O Unit" (MPG connector)
M700VS Series Connection Manual
4.3 Connection of Operation Panel I/O Unit
4.3.3.1 Handle Numbers
Unit configuration decides handle Nos.
"ENC": Connector on control unit "MPG": Connector on operation panel I/O unit
Operation panel I/O unit (FCU7-DX71x/ DX72x/ DX73x/DX621)
Used
Not used
1st handle
"MPG" 1ch
"ENC" 1ch
2nd handle
"MPG" 2ch
"ENC" 2ch
3rd handle
"ENC" 1ch (Note)
-
(Note) If one handle is only connected to "MPG", the handle connected to "ENC" 1ch will still be treated as the 3rd handle. "ENC" 2ch is not employed when an operation panel I/O unit is used.
4.3.4 Connecting with Machine Operation Panel
Connect the machine operation panel to the connector CG31, CG32, CG33, CG34, CG35 or CG36.
Operation panel I/O unit
Machine Operation Panel (Example)
CG31/CG33/CG35
CG32/CG34/CG36
F351
<Related items>
Cable drawing: "Cable: F351 Cable"
Connector pin assignment: "General Specifications: Operation Panel I/O Unit" (CG31/CG32/CG33/CG34/CG35/
CG36 connector)
129
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Connection
4.3.4.1 Wiring for 24V Common Input
(Machine side) CG31/CG33/CG35
3.3kΩ
0V(RG)
3.3kΩ
0V(RG)
3.3kΩ
0V(RG)
3.3kΩ
0V(RG)
3.3kΩ
0V(RG)
24VDC(+)
A3,B3 COM
Control unit
Sink type
For connection details, refer to the descriptions on machine input connector pin assignment in "(1) Machine input
(CG31)", "(2) Machine input (CG33)", and "(3) Machine input (CG35)" under Section "General Specifications: Operation
Panel I/O Unit".
130
M700VS Series Connection Manual
4.3 Connection of Operation Panel I/O Unit
4.3.4.2 Wiring for 0V Common Input
(Machine side) CG31/CG33/CG35
24VDC(+) 3.3kΩ
24VDC(+)
24VDC(+)
24VDC(+)
3.3kΩ
3.3kΩ
3.3kΩ
24VDC(+) 3.3kΩ
Control unit
0V(RG) A3,B3 COM
Source type
For connection details, refer to the descriptions on machine input connector pin assignment in "(1) Machine input
(CG31)", "(2) Machine input (CG33)", and "(3) Machine input (CG35)" under Section "General Specifications: Operation
Panel I/O Unit".
131
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Connection
4.3.4.3 Wiring for Sink Type Output (FCU7-DX710/DX720/DX730)
Operation panel I/O unit
(Card name : HN341/HN361/HN362)
CG32 (CG34,CG36)
Machine side
*1 additional wiring
1B
2B
20B
19B
18B
9B
8B
7B
6B
17B
16B
15B
14B
13B
12B
11B
10B
5B
20A
19A
18A
17A
16A
15A
14A
13A
12A
7A
6A
5A
1A
11A
10A
9A
8A
2A
3A
3B
4A
4B
Y213
Y214
Y215
Y216
Y217
Y218
Y219
Y21A
Y21B
Y21C
Y21D
Y21E
Y21F
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
Y207
Y208
Y209
Y20A
Y20B
Y20C
Y20D
Y20E
Y20F
Y210
Y211
Y212
24VDC
24VDC
Y200
Y201
Y202
Y203
Y204
Y205
Y206
PL
PL
PL
RA
RA
PL
PL
PL
24VDC
GND
*2 additional wiring
RA
PL
:
:
Relay
Pilot lamp
(Note 1) Connect +24V to either or both of the flat connector 1B, 2B (24VDC). (*1)
(Note 2) Connect 0V (GND) to the flat connector 3A, 3B, 4A, 4B (GND). (*2)
Decide the number of GNDs to wire with regard to the total amount of each connector's maximum output current and the voltage drop by the cables. The rated current is 1A per connector pin.
(Note 3) Connect 0V (GND) to the flat connector 1A, 2A (GND). (*2)
(Note 4) When large current flows due to small amount of connected load, fuse may be blown out or 24V power supply voltage may drop. In order to secure the appropriate current value, watch the connected load.
132
M700VS Series Connection Manual
4.3 Connection of Operation Panel I/O Unit
4.3.4.4 Wiring for Source Type Output (FCU7-DX711/DX721/DX731)
Operation panel I/O unit
(Card name : HN351/HN371/HN372)
CG32 (CG34,CG36)
*1 Additional wiring
4B
20B
19B
18B
17B
16B
15B
14B
13B
12B
11B
10B
9B
8B
1B
2B
3A
3B
4A
7B
6B
5B
20A
19A
18A
17A
16A
15A
14A
13A
12A
11A
10A
9A
8A
7A
6A
5A
1A
2A
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
Y2 09
Y2 0A
Y2 0B
Y2 0C
Y2 0D
Y2 0E
Y2 0F
Y2 10
Y2 11
Y2 12
Y2 00
Y2 01
Y2 02
Y2 03
Y2 04
Y2 05
Y2 06
Y2 07
Y2 08
Y2 1A
Y2 1B
Y2 1C
Y2 1D
Y2 1E
Y2 1F
GND
GND
Y2 13
Y2 14
Y2 15
Y2 16
Y2 17
Y2 18
Y2 19
Machine side
24VDC
PL
PL
PL
࣭
࣭
࣭
࣭
࣭
࣭
࣭
࣭
RA
RA
࣭
࣭
࣭
PL
PL
PL
GND
*2 Additional wiring
(Note 1) Connect +24V to either or both of the flat connector 1B, 2B (24VDC). (*1)
(Note 2) Connect +24V (GND) to the flat connector 3A, 3B, 4A, 4B (24VDC). (*1)
Decide the number of 24VDCs to wire with regard to the total amount of each connector's maximum output current and the voltage drop by the cables. The rated current is 1A per connector pin.
(Note 3) Connect 0V (GND) to the flat connector 1A, 2A (GND). (*2)
(Note 4) When large current flows due to small amount of connected load, fuse may be blown out or 24V power supply voltage may drop. In order to secure the appropriate current value, watch the connected load.
133
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Connection
4.3.4.5 Outline of Analog Signal Output Circuit
Operation Panel I/O unit
AO
AO
AO
GND
AO
7
1
The analog signal output circuit can be used only for the FCU7-DX720/DX721.
AO
GND
134
M700VS Series Connection Manual
4.4 Connection of Remote I/O Unit
4.4 Connection of Remote I/O Unit
This chapter describes the connection of the remote I/O unit and machine control signals.
4.4.1 Connection and Station No. Setting on Remote I/O Unit
When connecting directly to the control unit
Control unit
FCU7-MU531/ FCU7-MU541/ FCU7-MA541
Remote I/O unit
FCUA-DX1xx
Station No.1 - 8
㨪
RIO1
CG72
Remote I/O 1ch
FCUA-R211/SH41
Max. 8 channels
Max. input: 256 points (X000 to X0FF)
Max. output: 256 points (Y000 to Y0FF)
FCUA-DX1xx
Station No.1 - 8
㨪
Remote I/O 2ch
G214
Max. 8 channels
Max. input: 256 points (X100 to X1FF)
Max. output: 256 points (Y100 to Y1FF)
(Note) A remote I/O unit has one or two rotary switch(es) for unit No. setting, which links the device Nos. (with X/
Y). The rotary switch setting is as follows, from "0" to "7".
When using MITSUBISHI CNC Machine operation panel, RIO station No. "4" to "6" will be occupied.
6
7
4
5
8
Station
No.
1
2
3
Rotary switch
5
6
3
4
7
0
1
2
135
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Connection
When connecting to the operation panel I/O unit
Control unit
FCU7-MU531/ FCU7-MU541/ FCU7-MA541
Operation panel I/O unit
FCU7-DX710/711
Occupies the station No. 1, 2, 7, 8
CG71
RIO3
Remote I/O 3ch
FCUA-R211
G011
Max. input: 64 points (X200 to X23F)
Max. output: 64 points (Y200 to Y23F)
Remote I/O unit
FCUA-DX1xx
Station No.3 - 6
㨪
Max. 4 channels
Max. input: 128 points (X240 to X2BF)
Max. output: 128 points (Y240 to Y2BF)
FCU7-DX720/721
/730/731
Occupies the station No. 1, 2, 3, 7, 8
RIO3
Remote I/O 3ch
FCUA-R211
Station No.4 - 6
㨪
G011
Max. input: 96 points (X200 to X25F)
Max. output: 96 points (Y200 to Y25F)
Max. 3 channels
Max. input: 96 points (X260 to X2BF)
Max. output: 96 points (Y260 to Y2BF)
(Note) Operation panel I/O unit occupies the specified Nos. of stations. (Station No. 7 and 8 are reserved for manual pulse generator.)
RIO3 can use either four stations (3rd to 6th) or three stations (4th to 6th) which depends on the operation panel I/O unit type.
136
M700VS Series Connection Manual
4.4 Connection of Remote I/O Unit
4.4.2 Station No. Setting when Using Multiple Remote I/O Units
Multiple remote I/O units can be used, as long as the total No. of occupied stations connected with serial links is eight or less. (three/four or less when connected to the operation panel I/O unit).
Unit type
FCUA-DX10x
FCUA-DX11x
FCUA-DX12x
FCUA-DX14x
Number of occupied stations
1
2
2
2
When using multiple remote I/O units, a characteristic station No. must be set for each unit. The FCUA-DX10x unit has one rotary switch, FCUA-DX11x, DX12x and DX14x unit have two. Each of these switches must be set to a characteristic station No. within a range of 0 to 7 (2 or 3 to 5 when connected to the operation panel I/O unit).
When connecting directly to the control unit
Setting example 1
FCUA-DX100/101
㧗
0
Total number of occupied stations: 1
Setting example 2
FCUA-DX100/101
FCUA-DX110/111
or
FCUA-DX120/121
㧗 㧗
0
1
Number of occupied stations: 1 2
Total number of occupied stations: 3
2
137
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Connection
Setting example 3
FCUA-DX110/111
or
FCUA-DX120/121
㧗 㧗 㧗 㧗
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Number of occupied stations: 2 2 2 2
Total number of occupied stations: 8 (Maximum configuration)
138
M700VS Series Connection Manual
4.4 Connection of Remote I/O Unit
When connecting to the operation panel I/O unit
Station No. 1, 2, 7, 8 (or 1, 2, 3, 7, 8) are occupied by the operation panel I/O unit. (Station No. 7 and 8 are reserved for manual pulse generator.)
The maximum numbers of stations and I/O points assigned to remote I/O unit(s) via RIO3 are as follows.
FCU7-DX710
FCU7-DX711
FCU7-DX720/730/721/731
4 stations (No. 3 to 6)
4 stations (No. 3 to 6)
3 stations (No. 4 to 6)
Max. number of I/O points
(RIO3 connection)
128 points/128 points
128 points/128 points
96 points/96 points
Remote I/O
Rotary switch
Setting range
2 to 5
2 to 5
3 to 5
Setting example 1
FCU7-DX710/711 FCUA-DX100/101
㧗
2
Number of occupied stations: 1
Total number of occupied stations: 1
Setting example 2
FCU7-DX710/711 FCUA-DX110/111
or
FCUA-DX120/121
FCUA-DX110/111
or
FCUA-DX120/121
＋ ＋
2 3 4 5
Number of occupied stations: 2 2
Total number of occupied stations: 4 (Maximum configuration)
139
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Connection
Setting example 3
FCU7-DX720/721
/730/731
FCUA-DX100/101
FCUA-DX110/111
or
FCUA-DX120/121
＋ ＋
3 4 5
Number of occupied stations: 1 2
Total number of occupied stations: 3 (Maximum configuration)
140
M700VS Series Connection Manual
4.4 Connection of Remote I/O Unit
4.4.3 Connecting FCUA-DX10x/14x Unit with Machine Control Signal
Type of machine input/output signal and number of points
Input
32 points
Output
32 points
FCUA-R300 /
FCUA-R301
DI-L
FCUA-DX10x or
FCUA-DX14x
Machine signal
FCUA-R300 /
FCUA-R301
DO-L
Machine signal
<Outline of connection>
Connection to 24V common (example)
24VDC(+)
DI-L
A3
B3
FCUA-DX100/140
COM
0V
(RG)
Input circuit
Sink type
B1
B2
A1
A2
24VDC(+)
DO-L
RA
PL
R
Machine control panel
B1
B2
A1
A2
Output circuit
Sink type
Control circuit
Connection to 0V common (example)
0V(RG)
24VDC(+)
DI-L
A3
B3
FCUA-DX101/141
COM
Input circuit
Sink type
B1
B2
A1
A2
DO-L
Output circuit
Sink type
RA
PL
R
0V(RG)
Machine control panel
B1
B2
A1
A2
Control circuit
RIO1
Stabilized power supply
RIO2 DCIN
1 2 3
24VDC(+) 0V FG FG
RIO1
Stabilized power supply
RIO2 DCIN
1 2 3
24VDC(+) 0V FG FG
CAUTION
1. Connect the cable to the designated connector. Incorrect connections could damage the device.
2. Do not connect or disconnect the connection cables between each unit while the power is ON.
141
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Connection
<Signal assignment>
Machine side control panel, etc.
<CAUTION>
When using two or more remote I/O units or when connecting to the operation panel I/O unit, the signal assignment will differ. Refer to the "PLC Interface Manual" for details. The I/O assignment shows an example when the units are connected to the control unit and the station No. is set to “2”.
24VDC(+)
DI-L
0V(RG)
24VDC(+)
RA
PL
R
0V(RG)
24VDC(+)
Control unit
Operation panel
I/O unit
DO-L
FCUA-DX10x /14x
DI-L
B
X40
X41
X42
X43
X44
X45
X46
X47
X48
X49
X4A
X4B
X4C
X4D
X4E
X4F
COM
24VDC
24VDC
B
COM
0V(RG)
0V(RG)
A
7
6
9
8
14
13
12
11
10
20
19
18
17
16
15
3
2
5
4
1
A
X50
X51
X52
X53
X54
X55
X56
X57
X58
X59
X5A
X5B
X5C
X5D
X5E
X5F
DO-L
B
Y40
Y41
Y42
Y43
Y44
Y45
Y46
Y47
Y48
Y49
Y4A
Y4B
Y4C
Y4D
Y4E
Y4F
24VDC
24VDC
B
0V(RG)
0V(RG)
A
8
7
10
9
14
13
12
11
20
19
18
17
16
15
4
3
6
5
2
1
A
Y50
Y51
Y52
Y53
Y54
Y55
Y56
Y57
Y58
Y59
Y5A
Y5B
Y5C
Y5D
Y5E
Y5F
RIO1
1 2 3
TxRx TxRx* LG
RIO2
1 2 3
TxRx TxRx* LG
DCIN
1 2 3
+24V 0V FG
142
X X Y
0V(RG)
R-TM
Remote
I/O unit
Y
<Adaptive connector>
DCIN (CN220)
Connector:2-178288-3
Contact:1-175218-5
Manufacturer:
Tyco Electronics
X
RIO1/RIO2 (CN211)
Connector:1-178288-3
Contact:1-175218-2
Manufacturer:
Tyco Electronics
DI- L/DO- L (CN300)
DI- R/DO- R
Solderless type connector:
7940-6500SC
Manufacturer: 3M
X
Terminator (R-TM)
Connector:1-178288-3
Contact:1-175216-2
Manufacturer:
Tyco Electronics
(Note 1) ( ) is the MITSUBISHI original type name.
(Note 2) Refer to "Cable: R-TM Terminator Connector" for the details of R-TM.
M700VS Series Connection Manual
4.4 Connection of Remote I/O Unit
4.4.4 Connecting FCUA-DX14x Unit with Analog Input/Output Signal
For the analog input/output signal, connect the FCUA-R031 cable to "AIO". Up to four input points and one output point can be connected for the analog input/output signal. When manufacturing the FCUA-R031 cable, use the FCUA-CS000 connector set (optional, with both ends).
FCUA-DX14x
AIO
Analog I/F
FCUA-R031 20 10
11
1
Pin No.
Input/output circuit
Input
Connector pin No.
AI0 2
150
150
AI1
12
150
AI2
3
150
AI3 13
FC UA-DX14x
R
220
Output
AO 7
GND 1
GND 11
5
GND 15
0V (RG)
R
0V (RG)
DAC
CAUTION
1. Connect the cable to the designated connector. Incorrect connections could damage the device.
2. Do not connect or disconnect the connection cables between each unit while the power is ON.
143
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Connection
4.4.5 Connecting FCUA-DX11x Unit with Machine Control Signal
Type of machine input/output signal and number of points
Input
64 points
Output
48 points
Machine signal
DC IN
R IO2
R IO1
FCUA-DX11x
Machine signal
FCUA-R300 /
FCUA-R301
FCUA-R300 /
FCUA-R301
DI-L
DI-R
DO-L
DO-R
<Outline of connection>
Connection to 24V common (example)
DI-L/R FCUA-DX110
24VDC(+)
A3
B3
COM
0V
(RG)
Input circuit
Sink type
B1
B2
A1
A2
24VDC(+)
DO-L/R
RA
PL
R
Machine control panel
B1
B2
A1
A2
Output circuit
Sink type
Control circuit
RIO1
Stabilized power supply
RIO2 DCIN
1 2 3
24VDC(+) 0V FG FG
Connection to 0V common (example)
FCUA-DX111
0V(RG)
24VDC(+)
DI-L/R
A3
B3
COM
Input circuit
Sink type
B1
B2
A1
A2
RA
PL
R
0V(RG)
Machine control panel
DO-L/R
B1
B2
A1
A2
Output circuit
Sink type
Control circuit
RIO1
Stabilized power supply
RIO2 DCIN
1 2 3
24VDC(+) 0V FG FG
CAUTION
1. Connect the cable to the designated connector. Incorrect connections could damage the device.
2. Do not connect or disconnect the connection cables between each unit while the power is ON.
144
M700VS Series Connection Manual
4.4 Connection of Remote I/O Unit
<Signal assignment>
<CAUTION>
When using two or more remote I/O units or when connecting to the operation panel I/O unit, the signal assignment will differ. Refer to the "PLC
Interface Manual" for details. The I/O assignment shows an example when the station No. is set to "2".
Machine side control panel, etc.
DI-L
24VDC(+)
0V(RG)
24VDC(+)
DI-R
DI-L
X47
X48
X49
X4A
X4B
X4C
X4D
X4E
X4F
B
X40
X41
X42
X43
X44
X45
X46
COM
24VDC
24VDC
B
COM
0V(RG)
0V(RG)
A
3
2
1
5
4
7
6
9
8
11
10
15
14
13
12
20
19
18
17
16
X57
X58
X59
X5A
X5B
X5C
X5D
X5E
X5F
A
X50
X51
X52
X53
X54
X55
X56
0V(RG)
DO-L
24VDC(+)
RA
PL
R
24VDC(+)
RA
PL
0V(RG)
R
0V(RG)
24VDC(+)
DO-L
DO-R
Control unit
Y47
Y48
Y49
Y4A
Y4B
Y4C
Y4D
Y4E
Y4F
B
Y40
Y41
Y42
Y43
Y44
Y45
Y46
24VDC
24VDC
B
0V(RG)
0V(RG)
A
4
3
6
5
2
1
8
7
10
9
16
15
14
13
20
19
18
17
12
11
Y57
Y58
Y59
Y5A
Y5B
Y5C
Y5D
Y5E
Y5F
A
Y50
Y51
Y52
Y53
Y54
Y55
Y56
Operation panel
I/O unit
FCUA-DX11x
DI-R
X67
X68
X69
X6A
X6B
X6C
X6D
X6E
X6F
B
X60
X61
X62
X63
X64
X65
X66
COM
24VDC
24VDC
B
COM
0V(RG)
0V(RG)
A
7
6
9
8
13
12
11
10
3
2
5
4
1
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
X77
X78
X79
X7A
X7B
X7C
X7D
X7E
X7F
A
X70
X71
X72
X73
X74
X75
X76
DO-R
Y67
Y68
Y69
Y6A
Y6B
Y6C
Y6D
Y6E
Y6F
B
Y60
Y61
Y62
Y63
Y64
Y65
Y66
24VDC
24VDC
B
0V(RG)
0V(RG)
4
3
6
5
2
1
8
7
10
9
16
15
14
13
20
19
18
17
12
11
1
RIO1
2 3
TxRx TxRx* LG
1
RIO2
2 3
TxRx TxRx* LG
1
D CIN
2 3
+24V 0V FG
X X Y
0V(RG)
R-TM
Remote I/O unit
Y
<Adaptive connector>
DCIN (CN220)
Connector:2-178288-3
Contact:1-175218-5
Manufacturer:
Tyco Electronics
X
RIO1/RIO2 (CN211)
Connector:1-178288-3
Contact:1-175218-2
Manufacturer:
Tyco Electronics
DI- L/DO- L (CN300)
DI- R/DO- R
Solderless type connector:
7940-6500SC
Manufacturer: 3M
X
Terminator (R-TM)
Connector:1-178288-3
Contact:1-175216-2
Manufacturer:
Tyco Electronics
(Note 1) ( ) is the MITSUBISHI original type name.
(Note 2) Refer to "Cable: R-TM Terminator Connector" for the details of R-TM.
145
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Connection
4.4.6 Connecting FCUA-DX12x Unit with Machine Control Signal
Type of machine input/output signal and number of points
Input Output
64 points 48 points
Analog output
1 point
FCUA-R300 /
FCUA-R301
FCUA-DX12x
DI-L
Machine signal
Machine signal
FCUA-R300 /
FCUA-R301
DI-R
DO-L
DO-R
DC IN
R IO2
R IO1
<Outline of connection>
Connection to 24V common (example)
DI-L/R FCUA-DX120
24VDC(+)
A3
B3
COM
Input circuit
Sink type
0V
(RG) B1
B2
A1
A2
24VDC(+)
DO-L/R
RA
PL
R
Machine control panel
B1
B2
A1
A2
Analog Output
DO-R
B4
A4
R
Output circuit
Sink type
R
DAC
Control circuit
RIO1
Stabilized power supply
RIO2 DCIN
1 2 3
24VDC(+) 0V FG
Connection to 0V common (example)
DI-L/R FCUA-DX121
COM
0V(RG)
A3
B3
24VDC(+)
Input circuit
Source type
B1
B2
A1
A2
DO-L/R
RA
Output circuit
Source type
PL
R
FG
0V(RG)
Machine control panel
B1
B2
A1
A2
Control circuit
Analog Output
DO-R
B4
A4
R
R
DAC
RIO1
Stabilized power supply
RIO2 DCIN
1 2 3
24VDC(+) 0V FG FG
CAUTION
1. Connect the cable to the designated connector. Incorrect connections could damage the device.
2. Do not connect or disconnect the connection cables between each unit while the power is ON.
146
M700VS Series Connection Manual
4.4 Connection of Remote I/O Unit
<Signal assignment>
<CAUTION>
When using two or more remote I/O units or when connecting to the operation panel I/O unit, the signal assignment will differ. Refer to the "PLC Interface
Manual" for details. The I/O assignment shows an example when the station No. is set to "2".
Machine side control panel, etc.
DI-L
24VDC(+)
24VDC(+)
0V
0V
DI-R
DI-L
B
X40
X41
X42
X43
X44
X45
X46
X47
X48
X49
X4A
X4B
X4C
X4D
X4E
X4F
COM
24VDC
24VDC
B
COM
0V
0V
A
8
7
6
11
10
9
16
15
14
13
12
20
19
18
17
5
4
3
2
1
A
X50
X51
X52
X53
X54
X55
X56
X57
X58
X59
X5A
X5B
X5C
X5D
X5E
X5F
DO-L
FCUA-DX12x
DI-R
B
X60
X61
X62
X63
X64
X65
X66
X67
X68
X69
X6A
X6B
X6C
X6D
X6E
X6F
COM
24VDC
24VDC
B
COM
0V
0V
A
14
13
12
11
10
9
20
19
18
17
16
15
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
A
X70
X71
X72
X73
X74
X75
X76
X77
X78
X79
X7A
X7B
X7C
X7D
X7E
X7F
DO-R
24VDC(+)
RA
PL
R
24VDC(+)
RA
PL
R
0V
0V
DO-L
DO-R
Control unit
Operation panel
I/O unit
Y48
Y49
Y4A
Y4B
Y4C
Y4D
Y4E
Y4F
B
Y40
Y41
Y42
Y43
Y44
Y45
Y46
Y47
24VDC
24VDC
B
0V
0V
A
13
12
11
10
9
8
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
2
1
4
3
7
6
5
Y58
Y59
Y5A
Y5B
Y5C
Y5D
Y5E
Y5F
A
Y50
Y51
Y52
Y53
Y54
Y55
Y56
Y57
B
Y60
Y61
Y62
Y63
Y64
Y65
Y66
Y67
Y68
Y69
Y6A
Y6B
Y6C
Y6D
Y6E
Y6F
AO
24VDC
24VDC
B
A
AO*
0V
0V
A
13
12
11
10
9
8
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
2
1
4
3
7
6
5
RIO1
1 2 3
TxRx TxRx* LG
1
RIO2
2
TxRx TxRx*
3
LG
D CIN
1 2 3
+24V 0V FG
24VDC(+)
X X Y
0V
R-TM
Remote I/O unit
Y
<Adaptive connector>
DCIN (CN220)
Connector:2-178288-3
Contact:1-175218-5
Manufacturer:
Tyco Electronics
X
RIO1/RIO2 (CN211)
Connector:1-178288-3
Contact:1-175218-2
Manufacturer:
Tyco Electronics
DI- L/DO- L (CN300)
DI- R/DO- R
Solderless type connector:
7940-6500SC
Manufacturer: 3M
X
Terminator (R-TM)
Connector:1-178288-3
Contact:1-175216-2
Manufacturer:
Tyco Electronics
(Note 1) ( ) is the MITSUBISHI original type name.
(Note 2) Refer to "Cable: R-TM Terminator Connector" for the details of R-TM.
147
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Connection
4.5 Connection of MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel
(Note) In this chapter "MITSUBISHI CNC Machine operation panel" is shorten to Machine operation panel.
Connect Machine operation panel A to the remote I/O unit I/F of control unit or operation panel I/O unit.
- Machine operation panel A (RIOIN) - cable (FCUA-R211 or SH41) - control unit (RIO1)
- Machine operation panel A (RIOIN) - cable (G214) --------------------- control unit (CG72)
- Machine operation panel A (RIOIN) - cable (FCUA-R211 or SH41) - operation panel I/O unit (RIO3)
When supplying power to control unit from Machine operation panel A, the following connection is necessary.
- Machine operation panel A (DCOUT) - cable (G071) - control unit (DCIN)
Connect Machine operation panel B to Machine operation panel A and control unit as follows.
- Machine operation panel B - cable (G460) - Machine operation panel A (SUBP)
- Machine operation panel B - cable (F120) - control unit (EMG)
[When connecting to operation panel I/O unit (RIO3)]
24VDC
F070
HN232 Card
（ Placed on the back of the panel A ）
Only when relaying the power G071
DCIN
DCOUT
RIOIN
FCUA-R211/SH41
FG
SUBP
KEYSW
EXT
G054 G460
DCIN
24VDC
When directly providing the power
F070
Operation panel
I/O Unit
RIO3
CG71
G011
CG71
Control Unit
EMG
Machine operation panel A
（ FCU7-KB921 ）
F120
Machine operation panel B
（ FCU7-KB926 ）
<Related items>
Cable drawing: "Cable: F120 Cable"
"Cable: FCUA-R211 Cable"
"Cable: G460 Cable"
"Cable: SH41 Cable"
"Cable: G214 Cable"
"Cable: G011 Cable"
Connector pin assignment: "General Specifications: Operation panel I/O unit" (RIO3 connector/DCIN connector/
DCOUT connector/ RIOIN connector/SUBP connector/EMG connector/CG71 connector)
148
M700VS Series Connection Manual
4.5 Connection of MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel
<Software Interface>
Machine operation panel occupies RIO station No. 4 to 6. The device numbers for switch and LED on operation panel are fixed as listed below.
The following lists the devices for using the RIO 1st channel.
Station
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RIO1
Device No.
RIO2 RIO3
X00 ～ X1F/Y00 ～ Y1F X100 ～ X11F/Y100 ～ Y11F X200 ～ X21F/Y200 ～ Y21F
X20 ～ X3F/Y20 ～ Y3F X120 ～ X13F/Y120 ～ Y13F X220 ～ X23F/Y220 ～ Y23F
X40 ～ X5F/Y40 ～ Y5F X140 ～ X15F/Y140 ～ Y15F X240 ～ X25F/Y240 ～ Y25F
Detail
X60 ～ X7F/Y60 ～ Y7F X160 ～ X17F/Y160 ～ Y17F X260 ～ X27F/Y260 ～ Y27F
Machine operation panel B
(Switch)...16 points vacant
X80 ～ X9F/Y80 ～ Y9F X180 ～ X19F/Y180 ～ Y19F X280 ～ X29F/Y280 ～ Y29F
Machine operation panel A
(Key switch/LED)
XA0 ～ XBF/YA0 ～ YBF
X1A0 ～ X1BF/Y1A0 ～
Y1BF
X2A0 ～ X2BF/Y2A0 ～
Y2BF
Machine operation panel A
(Key switch/LED)
XC0 ～ XDF/YC0 ～ YDF
X1C0 ～ X1DF/Y1C0 ～
Y1DF
XE0 ～ XFF/YE0 ～ YFF X1E0 ～ X1FF/Y1E0 ～ Y1FF -
-
Table: Device No. for Machine operation panel
(1) Machine operation panel B (Switch)
Machine operation panel B is equipped with rotary switches (cutting override, spindle override) and a selector switch (memory protection key), and an emergency stop button. Direct wiring connection will be applied to the emergency stop button, and device numbers for other switches are defined as listed below.
(a) Cutting override (6bit)
21 position code list
11
12
13
14
9
10
7
8
Device No.
Setting value X60 X61 X62 X63 X64 X65
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1
2
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
5
6
3
4
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
15
16
17
18
19
20
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
149
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Connection
(b) Spindle override (6bit)
8 position code list
Device No.
Setting value X66 X67 X68 X69 X6A
0 0 0 0 0 0
1
2
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
5
6
3
4
7
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
X6B
Not used
(c) Memory protection switch (1bit)
Memory protection switch X6C
Spare X6D - X6F
(2) Machine operation panel A (Key switch/LED)
Machine operation panel A is equipped with 55 switches and 55 LEDs.
They are allocated X device and Y device as in the figure below.
X/Y
80
X/Y
81
X/Y
82
X/Y
83
X/Y
84
X/Y
85
X/Y
86
X/Y
87
X/Y
88
X/Y
89
X/Y
8A
X/Y
8B
X/Y
8C
X/Y
8D
X/Y
90
X/Y
91
X/Y
8E
X/Y
8F
X/Y
92
X/Y
93
X/Y
94
X/Y
95
X/Y
96
X/Y
97
X/Y
98
X/Y
99
X/Y
9A
X/Y
9B
X/Y
9C
X/Y
9D
X/Y
9 E
X/Y
9F
X/Y
A0
X/Y
A1
X/Y
A2
X/Y
A3
X/Y
A4
X/Y
A5
X/Y
A6
X/Y
A7
X/Y
A8
X/Y
A9
X/Y
AA
X/Y
AC
X/Y
AD
X/Y
AE
X/Y
B0
X/Y
B1
X/Y
B2
X/Y
B4
X/Y
B5
X/Y
B6
X/Y
B8
X/Y
B9
X/Y
BA
(Note1) If the stations of Machine operation panel and other RIO unit overlap, all the connections of the overlapping
RIOs will be invalidated and cannot be used. Stations which do not overlap can be used.
(Note2) Refer to the last page "Table: Device No. for Machine operation panel" for the device No. when connecting to
RIO2 and RIO3.
150
M700VS Series Connection Manual
4.6 Connection of Scan I/O card
4.6 Connection of Scan I/O card
(1) External power supply (DCIN)
24VDC is required for the HR347/HR357 card operation. Prepare a stabilized power supply that satisfies the following specifications.
Output: 24VDC±5%
Ripple: ±5 ％ (P-P)
Rated output current: 2.5A
* The rated output current is the value when using 60mA × 32 points for the machine output.
Prepare a power supply that satisfies the 24VDC output's total output current and control current (0.5A).
A
B
25
(Scan DI/DO : 64/64)
CF35
1
8
ISP
1
DIO SCAN2 SCAN1
F070 cable
RIO3 DCIN
DCIN 24VDC
0V(RG)
B A
20
CF31
(DO : 32)
1
HR357
20
CF33
(DO : 32)
1
(2) Connecting the remote I/O communication cable (RIO3A/B)
(a) Connection of the RIO3A connector
Connect the RIO3A to the RIO1,CG72(RIO2) connector of the control unit or the RIO3 of the operation panel I/
O unit.
A
B
25
(Scan DI/DO : 64/64)
CF35
1
8
ISP
1
DIO SCAN2 SCAN1
RIO3 DCIN
RIO1
Control unit
FCUA-R211
RIO3
B A
A
X
1 2 3
CF31
(DO : 32)
CF33
(DO : 32)
20 1 1
HR357
20
(b) Connection of the RIO3B connector
Multiple remote I/O units can be used, as long as the total No. of occupied stations connected with serial links is less than eight. (Refer to "Connection: Connection of Remote I/O Unit" for details.) HR357 occupies three stations, so the remote I/O units can be connected to the RIO3B in combinations of 5 stations or less. Connect a terminator to the RIO3B when it is not connected to any device.
A
B
25
(Scan DI/DO : 64/64)
CF35
1
8
ISP
1
DIO
SCAN2 SCAN1
RIO3 DCIN
B
B A
R IO3
FCUA-R211
To the next remote I/O unit
FC UA-DX1xx
Terminator
R - TM
20
CF31
(DO : 32)
1
HR 357
20
CF33
(DO : 32)
1
151
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Connection
152
1 Ap
Cable
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable
(Note) Symbols for writing cable drawings
(1)
(2)
indicates twisted pair.
indicates the shield sheath.
(3) indicates shield clamping to the grounding plate.
(4) In the cable drawings, the partner of the twisted pair cable is given a priority, so the pin No. of the connectors at both ends are not necessary in number of order.
(5) Equivalent parts can be used for the connector, contact and wire material.
154
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 1.1 Cable Wire and Assembly
Appendix 1.1 Cable Wire and Assembly
(1) Cable wire
The specifications of the wire used for each cable, and the machining methods are shown in this section. When manufacturing the detector cable and battery connection cable, use the recommended wires shown below or equivalent products.
(a) Heat resistant specifications cable
Wire type
(special order part)
BD20288
Compound 6-pair shielded cable
Specification No.
Bangishi-17145
(Note 1)
Finish outer diameter
8.7mm
Sheath material
No. of pairs
Heat resistant
2 (0.5mm
2
)
PVC
4 (0.2mm
2
)
Configura tion
100 strands/
0.08mm
40 strands/
0.08mm
Conductive resistor
Wire characteristics
Withstand voltage
Insulation resistance
Heat resistance temperatu re
40.7
Ω /km or less
500VAC/
1min
1000M Ω /km or more
105C °
103 Ω /km or less
Flexibility
70 × 10
4
times or more at R200
(b) General-purpose heat resistant specifications cable
Wire type
(special order part)
BD20032
Compound 6-pair shielded cable
Specification No.
Bangishi-16903
Revision No. 3
(Note 1)
Finish outer diameter
8.7mm
Sheath material No. of pairs
Configurat ion
PVC
2 (0.5mm
2
)
4 (0.2mm
2
)
100 strands/
0.08mm
40 strands/
0.08mm
Conductive resistor
40.7
Ω /km or less
103 Ω /km or less
Wire characteristics
Withstand voltage
Insulation resistance
Heat resistance temperatu re
500VAC/
1min
(Note 1) Bando Electric Wire (Contact: +81-48-461-0561 http://www.bew.co.jp)
1000M Ω / km or more
60C °
Flexibility
100 × 10
4
times or more at R200
(Note 2) The Mitsubishi standard cable is the (a) Heat resistant specifications cable. For MDS-C1/CH series, (b) or equivalent is used as the standard cable.
Compound 6-pair cable structure drawing
Cable core
L1
L2
Conductor
Insulator
A1
B4
B3
A2
B1
B2
Sheath
Mesh shield
Intervening wire
Tape
Core identification
Pair No.
Insulator color
L1 L2
A1 (0.5mm
A2 (0.5mm
B1 (0.2mm
B2 (0.2mm
B3 (0.2mm
B4 (0.2mm
2
2
2
2
2
2 )
)
)
)
)
)
Red
Black
Brown
Blue
Purple
Yellow
White
White
Orange
Green
White
White
155
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable
(2) Cable assembly
Assemble the cable with the cable shield wire securely connected to the ground plate of the connector.
Core wire
Connect with a ground plate of connector.
Shield
(external conductor)
Sheath
156
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 1.2 CNP2E-1 Cable
Appendix 1.2 CNP2E-1 Cable
Max. cable length: 30m
Application: Motor side PLG cable
Spindle side accuracy detector
TS5690 cable
Spindle drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
P5(+5V)
LG
MT1
MT2
1
2
5
6
0.5mm
0.2mm
2
2
Spindle motor side connector
(Tyco Electronics)
Connector: 172169-1
Contact: 170363-1(AWG26-22)
170364-1(AWG22-18)
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
7
8
3
4
Case grounding
PE
0.2mm
0.2mm
2
2
(Note) For the pin "7" or "8", use the contact "170364-1".
For the other pins, use the contact "170363-1".
5
6
3
4
9
8
2
1
(Note)
7
MT2
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
SHD
P5(+5V)
LG
MT1
<Cable connection diagram (for 15m or less)>
Spindle drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
Spindle motor side connector
（ Tyco Electronics)
Connector: 172169-1
Contact: 170363-1(AWG26-22)
170364-1(AWG22-18)
P5(+5V)
LG
MT1
MT2
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
Case grounding
3
4
7
8
5
6
1
2
PE
0.5mm
2
0.5mm
2
0.2mm
2
0.2mm
2
0.2mm
2
3
4
9
1
5
6
(Note)
7
8
2
P5(+5V)
LG
MT1
MT2
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
SHD
(Note) For the pin "7" or "8", use the contact "170364-1".
For the other pins, use the contact "170363-1".
<Cable connection diagram (for 15m to 30m)>
157
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable
Appendix 1.3 CNP3EZ-2P/CNP3EZ-3P Cable
Max. cable length: 30m
Application: Spindle side detector cable
OSE-1024 cable
CNP3EZ-2P (Straight)
CNP3EZ-3P (Angle)
Spindle drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
P5(+5V)
LG
ABZSEL*
A
A*
10
3
4
1
2
B
B*
Z
Z*
Case grounding
PE
7
8
5
6
0.5mm
2
0.2mm
2
0.2mm
2
0.2mm
2
R
B
P
A
N
C
H
K
Spindle motor side connector
(DDK)
Connector: MS3106A20-29S (D190)
Back shell: CE02-20BS-S (straight)
CE-20BA-S (angle)
Clamp: CE3057-12A-3
P5(+5V)
LG
A
A*
B
B*
Z
Z*
Spindle drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
P5(+5V)
LG
ABZSEL*
A
A*
1
2
10
3
4
B
B*
Z
Z*
Case grounding
PE
7
8
5
6
<Cable connection diagram (for 15m or less)>
0.5mm
2
0.5mm
2
0.2mm
2
0.2mm
2
0.2mm
2
B
P
N
C
R
H
K
A
Spindle motor side connector
(DDK)
Connector: MS3106A20-29S (D190)
Back shell: CE02-20BS-S (straight)
CE-20BA-S (angle)
Clamp: CE3057-12A-3
P5(+5V)
LG
A
A*
B
B*
Z
Z*
<Cable connection diagram (for 15m to 30m)>
158
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 1.4 CNV22J-K1P / CNV22J-K2P Cable
Appendix 1.4 CNV22J-K1P / CNV22J-K2P Cable
Max. cable length: 0.3m
Application: For HF-KP (Servo) Motor side detector relay cable (motor side)
Compatible with only IP65
CNV22J-K1P (load side angle)
CNV22J-K2P (reverse load side angle)
Servo drive unit side connector
(DDK)
Plug: CM10-CR10P-M
P5(+5V)
LG
BT
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
Case grounding
1
2
10
5
4
6
7
8
0.08mm
2
0.08mm
2
0.08mm
2
0.08mm
2
<Cable connection diagram>
Servo motor detector/
Ball screw side detector side connector
Plug: 1747464-1
Contact: 1674335-4
6
1
2
8
7
3
5
4
9
P5(+5V)
LG
CNT
BT
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
SHD
159
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable
Appendix 1.5 CNV2E-6P/CNV2E-7P Cable
Max. cable length: 30m
Application: Motor side detector cable (for A51/A74N(/A74))/ Ball screw side detector cable
CNV2E-6P (Straight)
CNV2E-7P (Angle)
Drive unit side connector
(3M )
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
P5(+5V)
LG
BT
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
8
3
4
9
7
1
2
0.5mm
2
0.2mm
2
0.2mm
2
0.2mm
2
5
3
4
6
8
7
1
2
10
Motor detector/
Ball screw side detector side connector
(DDK)
Plug: CM10-SP10S-M(D6) (Straight)
CM10-AP10S-M(D6) (Angle)
Contact: CM10-#22SC(S1)(D8)
P5(+5V)
LG
-
BT
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
SHD
Case grounding
PE
<Cable connection diagram (for 15m or less)>
Drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
P5(+5V)
LG
BT
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
Case grounding
PE
8
3
4
9
7
1
2
0.5mm
2
0.5mm
2
0.2mm
2
0.2mm
2
0.2mm
2
Motor detector/
Ball screw side detector side connector
（ DDK)
Plug: CM10-SP10S-M(D6) (Straight)
CM10-AP10S-M(D6) (Angle)
Contact: CM10-#22SC(S1)(D8)
4
6
7
1
2
8
5
3
10
P5(+5V)
LG
-
BT
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
SHD
<Cable connection diagram (for 15m to 30m)>
160
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 1.6 CNV2E-8P/CNV2E-9P Cable
Appendix 1.6 CNV2E-8P/CNV2E-9P Cable
Max. cable length: 30m
Application: For HF/HF-H, HF-KP (Tool spindle) Motor side detector cable (for A48/A51/A74N(/A74)) /
For HF-KP (Servo) Motor side detector relay cable (Drive unit side) (CNV2E-8P)
CNV2E-8P (Straight)
CNV2E-9P (Angle)
Drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
P5(+5V)
LG
BT
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
8
3
4
9
7
1
2
0.5mm
2
0.2mm
2
0.2mm
2
0.2mm
2
5
3
4
6
7
1
8
2
10
Motor detector/
Ball screw side detector side connector
(DDK)
Plug: CMV1-SP10S-M2 (Straight)
CMV1-AP10S-M2 (Angle)
Contact: CMV1-#22ASC-S1
P5(+5V)
LG
CNT
BT
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
SHD
Case grounding
PE
P5(+5V)
LG
BT
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
Case grounding
<Cable connection diagram (for 15m or less)>
Drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
8
3
9
7
4
1
2
PE
0.5mm
2
0.5mm
2
0.2mm
2
0.2mm
2
0.2mm
2
2
3
4
6
7
1
10
8
5
Motor detector/
Ball screw side detector side connector
(DDK)
Plug: CMV1-SP10S-M2 (Straight)
CMV1-AP10S-M2 (Angle)
Contact: CMV1-#22ASC-S1
P5(+5V)
LG
CNT
BT
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
SHD
<Cable connection diagram (for 15m to 30m)>
161
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable
Appendix 1.7 CNV2E-D Cable
Max. cable length: 30m
Application: MDS-B-SD unit cable
Drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
P5(+5V)
LG
RQ
RQ*
SD
SD*
Case grounding
4
5
6
7
1
2
9
10
3
8
PE
0.5mm
2
0.5mm
2
0.2mm
2
0.2mm
2
<Cable connection diagram>
MDS-B-SD unit side connector
(3M)
Connector: 10120-3000VE
Shell kit: 10320-52F0-008
17
6
16
PE
20
11
10
1
9
7
P5(+5V)
LG
P5(+5V)
LG
BAT
RQ
RQ*
SD
SD*
Case grounding
162
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 1.8 CNV2E-HP Cable
Appendix 1.8 CNV2E-HP Cable
Max. cable length: 30m
Application: MDS-B-HR unit cable
Drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
P5(+5V)
Case
LG
RQ
RQ*
SD
SD* grounding
6
7
8
PE
10
3
4
5
1
2
0.5mm
2
0.5mm
2
0.2mm
2
0.2mm
2
<Cable connection diagram>
MDS-B-HR unit side connector
(Hirose Electric)
Plug: RM15WTP-8S
Clamp: RM15WTP-CP (10)
1
2
3
4
PE
6
8
5
7
P5(+5V)
LG
P5(+5V)
LG
RQ
RQ*
SD
SD*
Case grounding
163
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable
Appendix 1.9 CNV2E-K1P / CNV2E-K2P Cable
Max. cable length: 10m
Application: For HF-KP (Servo) Motor side detector cable
Compatible with only IP65
CNV2E-K1P (load side angle)
CNV2E-K2P (reverse load side angle)
Servo drive unit side connector
Shell kit
(3M)
Receptacle : 36210 - 0100PL
: 36310 - 3200- 008
( MOLEX )
Connector set : 54599-1019
Servo motor detector connector
(Tyco Electronics AMP)
Connector : 1674320-1
P5
LG
MR
MRR
MD
MDR
BAT
SD
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
Plate
<Cable connection diagram>
8
7
2
1
9
3
6
5
4
P5
P5G
MR
MRR
MD
MDR
BAT
CONT
SD
164
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 1.10 DG21 Cable
Appendix 1.10 DG21 Cable
Max. cable length: 5m
Application: Battery cable (For drive unit - battery unit)
Drive unit side connector
(Hirose Electric)
Connector: DF1B-2S-2.5R
Contact: DF1B-2428SCA
BT
LG
1
2
0.2mm
2
9
1
PE
Battery unit side connector
(3M)
Connector: 10120-3000VE
Shell kit: 10320-52F0-008
BT
LG
Case grounding
<Cable connection diagram between drive unit and MDS-A-BT/ A6BAT(MR-BAT)(MDS-BTCASE)>
165
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable
Appendix 1.11 DG22 Cable
Max. cable length: 10m
Application: Battery cable (For drive unit - drive unit)
(Note) This cable is required to supply the power from the battery unit to multiple drive units.
Drive unit side connector
(Hirose Electric)
Connector: DF1B-2S-2.5R
Contact: DF1B-2428SCA
BT
LG
1
2
0.2mm
2
1
2
Drive unit side connector
(Hirose Electric)
Connector: DF1B-2S-2.5R
Contact: DF1B-2428SCA
BT
LG
<Cable connection diagram between drive unit and drive unit>
166
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 1.12 DG23 Cable
Appendix 1.12 DG23 Cable
Max. cable length: 10m
Application: Battery cable (For drive unit - battery box)
(Note) The battery box side is connected using a bare conductor or a terminal bar.
Drive unit side connector
Connector
Contact
: DF1B-2S-2.5R
: DF1B-2428SCA
BT
LG
1
2
0.2mm
2
Battery box side
BT
LG
<DG23 cable connection diagram (Connection cable between drive unit and MDS-BTBOX-36)>
167
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable
Appendix 1.13 DG24 Cable
Max. cable length: 10m
Application: 5V spply/DO output cable (For drive unit - battery box)
(Note) The battery box side is connected using a bare conductor or a terminal bar.
Drive unit side connector
Connector
Shell kit
:10120-3000VE
:10320-52F0-008
Battery box side
DICOM
D11
P5
LG
Case grounding
20
13
4
1
FG
0.2mm
2
0.2mm
2
0.2mm
2
Blue
Yellow
+24V (DC power)
DO(ALM)
Light blue
White
+5V
LG
<DG24 cable connection diagram (Connection cable for alarm output between drive unit and MDS-BTBOX-36)>
(For MDS-D2/DH2)
Battery box side Drive unit side connector
Connector
Shell kit
:10120-3000VE
:10320-52F0-008
DICOM
D11
P5
LG
Case grounding
20
13
4
1
FG
0.2mm
2
0.2mm
2
0.2mm
2
Blue
Yellow
24G (DC power)
DOCOM
Light blue
White
+5V
LG
<DG24 cable connection diagram (Connection cable for alarm output between drive unit and MDS-BTBOX-36)>
(For MDS-DM2)
168
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 1.14 F023/F024 Cable
Appendix 1.14 F023/F024 Cable
Max. cable length: 20m
Application: Manual Pulse Generator (5V spec)
HANDLE
HA1A
HA1B
5V
GND
HA2A
HA2B
5V
GND
HANDLE
3
13
20
11
4
14
10
1
1ch
2ch
FG
[HANDLE]
Connector: 10120-3000VE
Case: 10320-52F0-008
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
Cable name
F023 cable
F024 cable
1ch
○
○
○ : Usable channel
Wire material: UL1061-2464
AWG22 × 6P
Recommended manufacturer: Oki
Electric Cable
2ch
○
[1ch][2ch]
Crimp terminal: V1.25-3
Recommended manufacturer: JST
(Note) Fold the cable shield over the sheath, and wrap copper foil tape over it. Connect the wound copper foil tape to GND plate of the connector.
169
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable
Appendix 1.15 F034/F035 Cable
Max. cable length: 15m (the maximum length of the cable when connected to the control unit via other units)
Application: RS232C I/F cable (for control unit)
SIO
1ch
2ch
SIO
SD1(TXD1)
RD1(RXD1)
RS1(RTS1)
CS1(CTS1)
ER1(DTR1)
DR1(DSR1)
Reserved
Reserved
0V
16
6
1
12
2
13
3
14
4
SD2(TXD2)
RD2(RXD2)
RS2(RTS2)
CS2(CTS2)
ER2(DTR2)
DR2(DSR2)
Reserved
Reserved
0V
20
10
11
17
7
18
8
19
9
2ch
8
9
7
2
3
4
5
20
6
1ch
8
9
7
2
3
4
5
20
6
FG
[SIO]
Connector: 10120-3000VE
Case: 10320-52F0-008
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
Wire material: UL1061-2464
AWG24 × 12P
Recommended manufacturer: Oki
Electric Cable
[1ch][2ch]
Connector: CDB-25S
Contact: CD-SC-111 × 9
Lock nut: HD-LNA × 2
Recommended manufacturer:
Hirose Electric
Cable name
F034 cable
1ch
○
F035 cable ○
○ : Usable channel
2ch
○
(Note 1) Fold the cable shield over the sheath, and wrap copper foil tape over it. Connect the wound copper foil tape to GND plate of the connector.
(Note 2) Signal names in parentheses "( )" are generally used.
(Note 3) Connect to the serial communication connector of the control unit. Use G031/G032 cable when connecting to the serial communication connector of the display unit.
170
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 1.16 F070 Cable
Appendix 1.16 F070 Cable
Max. cable length: 30m
Application: 24VDC power cable
DCIN
+24V
0V
FG
DCIN
1
2
3
[DCIN]
Connector: 2-178288-3
Contact: 1-175218-5 × 3
Recommended manufacturer: Tyco
Electronics
Wire material: B-18(19)U ×
Recommended manufacturer:
Sumitomo Electric Industries
2SJ-1 × 9
+24V
0V
Crimp terminal: V1.25-3 or V1.25-4 × 2
Recommended manufacturer: JST
171
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable
Appendix 1.17 F110 Cable
Max. cable length: 15m
Application: 24VDC power cable for PD25/PD27
DCOUT
DCIN
CF01
+24V
0V
FG
DCOUT
1B
2B
3B
[DCOUT]
Connector: 3-178127-6
Contact:
1-175218-5 (for AWG16) × 3,
1-175217-5 (for AWG22) × 2
Recommended manufacturer:
Tyco Electronics
ACFAIL
0V
1A
2A
AWG16
AWG22
DCIN
1 +24V
2
3
CF01
0V
FG
ACFAIL 2
1 0V
Wire material:
UL2464 2 × 22AWG+2 × 16AWG SS-95138
Recommended manufacturer: DDK
[DCIN]
Connector: 2-178288-3
Contact: 1-175218-5 × 3
Recommended manufacturer:
Tyco Electronics
[CF01]
Connector: 005057-9402
Contact: 0016020103 × 2
Recommended manufacturer:
MOLEX
172
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 1.18 F120 Cable
Appendix 1.18 F120 Cable
Max. cable length: 30m
Application: Emergency stop cable
EMG
FG
EMG IN
COM
EMG
B22-9
1
2
3
EMG IN
COM
[EMG]
Connector: 005057-9403
Contact: 0016020103 × 3
Recommended manufacturer: MOLEX
Wire material: B-22(19)U × 2SJ-1 × 9
Recommended manufacturer:
Sumitomo Electric Industries
Crimp terminal: V1.25-3 × 2
Recommended manufacturer: JST
173
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable
Appendix 1.19 F170 Cable
Max. cable length: 15m
Application: ON/OFF switch cable for PD25/PD27
ON/OFF
[ON/OFF]
Connector: 1-178288-5
Contact: 1-175218-5
Recommended manufacturer:
Tyco Electronics
NC
P-OFF
GND
GND
P-ON
PD25
ON/OFF
3
4
1
2
5
Wire material: DPVVSB 3P ×
Recommended manufacturer:
Bando Electric Wire
0.3mm
2
OFF-1
OFF-2
ON-1
ON-2
Crimp terminal: V1.25-3 or V1.25-4
Recommended manufacturer: JST
(Note) Select the crimp terminal suitable for the terminal block and switch you use.
174
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 1.20 F221 Cable
Appendix 1.20 F221 Cable
Max. cable length: 30m
Application: Analog output
AO
AO
GND
AO
7
1
[AO]
Connector: 10120-3000VE
Contact: 10320-52F0-008
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
AO
GND
Wire material: B-22(19) × 2SJ-1 × 9
Recommended manufacturer:
Sumitomo Electric Industries
Crimp terminal: V1.25-3
Recommended manufacturer: JST
(Note 1) Follow the instruction of the machine side in connecting the shield. Do not connect on the base I/O unit side.
(Note 2) Select the crimp terminal suitable for the terminal block you use.
175
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable
Appendix 1.21 F320/F321 Cable
Max. cable length: 50m
Application: Manual Pulse Generator (12V spec)
HANDLE
HA1A
HA1B
12V
GND
HA2A
HA2B
12V
GND
HANDLE
4
14
3
13
6
1
16
11
1ch
2ch
FG
[HANDLE]
Connector: 10120-3000VE
Case: 10320-52F0-008
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
Cable name
F320 Cable
F321 Cable
1ch
○
○
○ : Usable channel
Wire material: UL1061-2464
AWG22 × 6P
Recommended manufacturer:
Oki Electric Cable
2ch
○
[1ch][2ch]
Crimp terminal: V1.25-3
Recommended manufacturer: JST
(Note) Fold the cable shield over the sheath, and wrap copper foil tape over it. Connect the wound copper foil tape to GND plate of the connector.
176
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 1.22 F351 Cable
Appendix 1.22 F351 Cable
Max. cable length: 50m
Application: DI/DO
CG31,CG32,CG33,CG34,CG35,CG36
[CG31, CG32, CG33, CG34, CG35, CG36]
Connector: 7940-6500SC
Strain relief: 3448-7940
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
Wire material: B40-S
Recommended manufacturer:
Oki Electric Cable
(Note) This cable is used to connect the operation panel I/O unit. Select FCUA-R300, which doesn’t have strain relief, when connecting to remote I/O unit.
177
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable
Appendix 1.23 FCUA-R030 Cable
Max. cable length: 20m
Application: SKIP input cable
SKIP
GND
GND
SKIP0
SKIP1
SKIP2
SKIP3
GND
GND
SKIP4
SKIP5
SKIP6
SKIP7
SKIP
1
13
5
15
7
17
8
18
11
2
12
3
RG
RG
SKIP0
SKIP1
SKIP2
SKIP3
RG
RG
SKIP4
SKIP5
SKIP6
SKIP7
[SKIP]
Connector: 10120-3000VE
Case: 10320-52F0-008
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
FG
Wire material: UL1061-2464
AWG22 × 6P
Recommended manufacturer:
Oki Electric Cable
Crimp terminal: V1.25-4 × 12
Recommended manufacturer: JST
(Note) Fold the cable shield over the sheath, and wrap copper foil tape over it. Connect the wound copper foil tape to GND plate of the connector.
178
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 1.24 FCUA-R031 Cable
Appendix 1.24 FCUA-R031 Cable
Max. cable length: 30m
Application: Analog input/output (for remote I/O unit)
AIO
AIO
2
1
3
5
12
11
13
15
7
AI0
GND
AI1
GND
AI2
GND
AI3
GND
AO
GND
[AIO]
Connector: 10120-3000VE
Case: 10320-52F0-008
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
FG
Wire material: UL1061-2464
AWG24 × 6P
Recommended manufacturer:
Oki Electric Cable
Crimp terminal: V1.25-3 × 10
Recommended manufacturer: JST
(Note) Fold the cable shield over the sheath, and wrap copper foil tape over it. Connect the wound copper foil tape to GND plate of the connector.
179
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable
Appendix 1.25 FCUA-R050/R054 Cable
Max. cable length: 30m
Application: Synchronous encoder - control unit
ENC
FCUA-R050
FCUA-R054
ENC1A (ENC2A)
ENC1A*(ENC2A*)
ENC1B (ENC2B)
ENC1B*(ENC2B*)
ENC1Z (ENC2Z)
ENC1Z*(ENC2Z*)
GND
ENC1
4
14
3
13
2
12
1
GND 11
R
B
P
K
A
N
C
+5V
+5V
10
20
H
FG
[ENC1]
Plug: 10120-3000VL
Shell: 10320-52F0-008
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
Wire material: UL1061-2464
AWG24 × 12P
Recommended manufacturer:
Oki Electric Cable
[FCUA-R050 cable]
Connector: MS3106B20-29S
Cable clamp: MS3057-12A
Recommended manufacturer:
ITT Cannon
[FCUA-R054 cable]
Connector: MS3108B20-29S
Cable clamp: MS3057-12A
Recommended manufacturer:
ITT Cannon
(Note) Fold the cable shield over the sheath, and wrap copper foil tape over it. Connect the wound copper foil tape to GND plate of the connector.
180
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 1.26 FCUA-R211 Cable
Appendix 1.26 FCUA-R211 Cable
Max. cable length: 30m (the maximum length of the cable when connected to the control unit via other units)
Application: Remote I/O (with terminal block) between remote I/O, remote I/O-CNC control unit, remote I/O-Operation panel I/O unit, remote I/O-MITSUBISHI CNC machine operation panel A
RIO1,RIO2,RIO3(FCUA-R211) (FCUA-R211)
[RIO1, RIO2, RIO3]
Connector: 1-178288-3
Contact: 1-175218-2 × 3
Recommended manufacturer:
Tyco Electronics
RIO1,RIO2,RIO3(FCUA-R211)
TXRX
TXRX*
0V
1
2
3
FG
(FCUA-R211)
1
2
3
TXRX
TXRX*
0V
FG
Wire material:
MVVS 3C × 0.5mm
2
(MIC 3C × 0.5mm
2
)
Recommended manufacturer: Takeuchi Densen
Connector: 1-178288-3
Contact: 1-175218-2 × 3
Recommended manufacturer:
Tyco Electronics
(Note) Fold the cable shield over the sheath, and wrap copper foil tape over it. Connect the wound copper foil tape to GND plate of the connector.
181
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable
Appendix 1.27 FCUA-R300/FCUA-R301 Cable
Type: FCUA-R300
Max. cable length: 50m
Application: DI/DO cable (one side connector)
(for remote I/O unit)
DI-L/DO-L, DI-R/DO-R
[DI-L/DO-L,DI-R/DO-R]
Connector: 7940-6500SC
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
Wire material: B40-S
Recommended manufacturer:
Oki Electric Cable
Type: FCUA-R301
Max. cable length: 50m
Application: DI/DO cable (both side connectors)
(for remote I/O unit)
DI-L/DO-L, DI-R/DO-R
[DI-L/DO-L,DI-R/DO-R]
Connector: 7940-6500SC
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
Wire material: B40-S
Recommended manufacturer:
Oki Electric Cable
Connector: 7940-6500SC
Strain relief: 3448-7940
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
There are two types of cable for the remote I/O unit: FCUA-R300 and FCUA-R301.
The FCUA-R300 cable has one end cut off, and the FCUA-R301 cable is used for connection to the IDEC terminal block BX1F-T40A (Note 1). If a cable longer than 3m is required, use the connector set FCUA-CN300 or FCUA-
CS301.
The one-end FCUA-CN300 connector (optional, with one end) includes the DI-L (DI-R) and DO-L (DO-R) connectors. The FCUA-CS301 connector (optional, with both ends) includes the DI-L (DI-R) and DO-L (DO-R) connectors, and two connectors for connection with the terminal block (IDEC).
(Note 1) IDEC I/O terminal BX1F-T40A
182
Machine control panel, electric cabinet, etc.
FCUA-R300
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 1.27 FCUA-R300/FCUA-R301 Cable
RA
R
PL
RA : Relay
PL : Pilot lamp
Terminal block BX1F
1
Connector pin correspondence
FCUA-
DX1xx
Terminal block BX1F
A1 2
3
5
7
9
11
13
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
4
6
8
10
12
14
15
17
19
21
23
25
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
16
18
20
22
24
26
33
35
37
39
27
29
31
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
34
36
38
40
28
30
32
B14
B15
B16
B17
B18
B19
B20
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
FCUA-
DX1xx
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
FCUA-R301
183
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable
Appendix 1.28 G011 Cable
Max. cable length: 0.5m
Application: Connection between NC unit and operation panel I/O unit
G011
GND
GND
5V
5V
5V
3.3V
GND
GND
KBCS0*
KBCS1*
KBCS2*
KBAD0
KBAD1
KBAD2
KBD0
KBD1
KBD2
KBD3
KBRES*
RDYOUT*
BUZOUT*
3.3V
TXRX3
TXRX3*
SCAN36
SCAN36
9
22
10
23
11
24
12
25
13
26
6
19
7
20
8
21
3
16
4
17
5
18
1
14
2
15
7
20
8
21
9
22
10
23
11
24
4
17
5
18
6
19
12
25
13
26
1
14
2
15
3
16
[CG71]
Connector: 10126-3000VE
Case: 10326-52F0-008
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
Case frame
FG
Case frame
Wire material: UL20276 AWG28 × 13P
Recommended manufacturer:
Toyokuni Electric Cable
FG
(Note) Fold the cable shield over the sheath, and wrap copper foil tape over it. Connect the wound copper foil tape to GND plate of the connector.
184
Appendix 1.29 G012 Cable
Max. cable length: 1m
Application: Connection between NC unit and operation panel I/O unit
G012
GND
GND
5V
5V
5V
3.3V
GND
GND
KBCS0*
KBCS1*
KBCS2*
KBAD0
KBAD1
KBAD2
KBD0
KBD1
KBD2
KBD3
KBRES*
RDYOUT*
BUZOUT*
3.3V
TXRX3
TXRX3*
SCAN36
SCAN36
9
22
10
23
11
24
12
25
13
26
6
19
7
20
8
21
3
16
4
17
5
18
1
14
2
15
7
20
8
21
9
22
10
23
11
24
4
17
5
18
6
19
12
25
13
26
1
14
2
15
3
16
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 1.29 G012 Cable
[CG71]
Connector: 10126-3000VE
Case: 10326-52F0-008
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
Case frame
FG
Case frame
Wire material: UL20276 AWG28 ×
13P Recommended manufacturer:
Toyokuni Electric Cable
FG
(Note) Fold the cable shield over the sheath, and wrap copper foil tape over it. Connect the wound copper foil tape to GND plate of the connector.
185
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable
Appendix 1.30 G023/G024 Cable
Max. cable length: 20m (the maximum length of the cable when connected to the control unit via other units)
Application: Manual Pulse Generator cable (5V)
(for connection to control unit)
ENC
HA1A
HA1B
5V
GND
HA2A
HA2B
5V
GND
ENC
8
18
10
5
7
17
20
15
1ch
2ch
FG
[ENC]
Connector: 10120-3000VE
Case: 10320-52F0-008
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
Cable name
G023 cable
1ch
○
G024 cable ○
○ : Usable channel
Wire material:
UL1061-2464 AWG22 × 6P
Recommended manufacturer:
Oki Electric Cable
2ch
○
[1ch][2ch]
Crimp terminal: V1.25-3 × 8
Recommended manufacturer: JST
(Note) Fold the cable shield over the sheath, and wrap copper foil tape over it. Connect the wound copper foil tape to GND plate of the connector.
186
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 1.31 G071 Cable
Appendix 1.31 G071 Cable
Max. cable length: 0.5m
Application: 24VDC relay cable for MITSUBISHI CNC machine operation panel
DCOUT DCIN
24V
GND
FG
1
2
3
R
W
G
R
W
G
1
2
24V
GND
3 FG
R : Red
W : White
G : Green
[DCOUT]
Connector: 2-178288-3
Contact: 1-175218-5 x 3
Recommended manufacturer: Tyco
Electronics
Wire material: UL1264 AWG16
(Red, White, Green)
[DCIN]
Connector: 2-178288-3
Contact: 1-175218-5 x 3
Recommended manufacturer: Tyco
Electronics
(Note) These cables are available only when wired to a same control panel.
187
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable
Appendix 1.32 G214 Cable
Max. cable length: 20m cable
Application: Remote I/O (NC for RIO2 - remote I/O unit)
CG72
**.*M 䇭 G214
G214 䇭 **.*M
FG
CG72
TXRX
TXRX*
GND
8
18
1
FG
1
2
3
[CG72]Connector: 10120-
3000VECase: 10320-52F0-
008Manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
R1.25-5
FG
Wire material: UL multicore soft cable
UL2464 AWG24
3-core shielded cableManufacturer:
Shinko Electric Wire Co., Ltd
(If this cable is unavailable, find an equivalent one.)
Connector: 1-178288-3Case: 1-
175217-2 x 3Manufacturer: Tyco
Electronics
Crimp terminal: R1.25-5
(Note) Fold the cable shield over the sheath, and wrap copper foil tape over it. Connect the wound copper foil tape to GND plate of the connector.
188
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 1.33 G300 Cable
Appendix 1.33 G300 Cable
Max. cable length: 10m
Application: LAN cross cable (Shielded cable is recommended when the length will be 1m or more)
LAN LAN
G300
8
1
TD+
TD-
RD+
RD-
CMTR
CMTR
CMTT
CMTT
LAN
1
White
Green
2
3
Green
White
Orange
Orange
6
4
5
7
Blue
White
Blue
White
Brown
8
Brown
[LAN]
Connector: 5-558530
Recommended manufacturer:
Tyco Electronics
White
Green
LAN
3
Green
White
Orange
6
1
Orange
2
4
Blue
White
Blue
White
Brown
5
Brown
7
8
RD+
RD-
TD+
TD-
CMTR
CMTR
CMTT
CMTT
Wire material: LAN category 5 twisted pair x 4P
189
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable
Appendix 1.34 G301 Cable
Max. cable length: 1m
Application: LAN straight cable (Shielded cable is recommended when the length will be 1m or more)
LAN LAN
G301
8
1
TD+
TD-
RD+
RD-
CMTR
CMTR
CMTT
CMTT
LAN
White
Green
1
2
Green
White
Orange
3
Orange
6
4
5
7
Blue
White
Blue
White
Brown
Brown
8
[LAN]
Connector: 5-558530
Recommended manufacturer:
Tyco Electronics
White
Green
LAN
1
Green
White
Orange
2
3
Orange
6
Blue
White
Blue
White
Brown
4
5
7
Brown
8
TD+
TD-
RD+
RD-
CMTR
CMTR
CMTT
CMTT
Wire material: LAN category 5 twisted pair x 4P
190
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 1.35 G380 Cable
Appendix 1.35 G380 Cable
Max. cable length: 30m
Application: Optical communication cable for wiring between drive units (outside panel) for optical communication repeater unit
Use when the cable length is 10m or more to 30m or less.
Section with reinforced sheath
OPT OPT
OPT
1
2
Section without reinforced sheath
OPT
1
2
[OPT]
Connector: CF-2D101-S
Recommended manufacturer:
Japan Aviation Electronics
Wire material:
Hard clad type PCF optic cable
Recommended manufacturer:
Oki Electric Cable
Cable
2-core cable (section with reinforced sheath)
2-core cable (section without reinforced sheath)
Minimum bending radius: R
50mm
25mm
(Note 1) Binding the cables too tight with tie-wraps could result in an increased loss or a disconnection. Use a cushioning material such as a sponge or rubber when bundling the cables and fix so that the cables do not move. Recommended clamp material: CKN-13SP KITAGAWA INDUSTRIES.
(Note 2) Never bundle the cables with vinyl tape. The plasticizing material in the vinyl tape could cause the PCF cable reinforced sheath to damage.
(Note 3) Loop the excessive cable with twice or more than the minimum bending radius.
191
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable
Appendix 1.36 G395 Cable
Max. cable length: 10m
Application: Optical communication cable for wiring between drive units (outside panel) for wiring between NC-drive units
Use when wiring outside of the panel with a cable of 10m or less.
Section with reinforced sheath
OPT OPT
OPT
1
2
Section without reinforced sheath
OPT
1
2
[OPT]
Connector: PF-2D103
Recommended manufacturer:
Japan Aviation Electronics
Wire material: ESCA Premium
Recommended manufacturer:
MITSUBISHI RAYON
Cable
2-core cable (section with reinforced sheath)
2-core cable (section without reinforced sheath)
Minimum bending radius: R
50mm
30mm
(Note 1) Binding the cables too tight with tie-wraps could result in an increased loss or a disconnection. Use a cushioning material such as a sponge or rubber when bundling the cables and fix so that the cables do not move. Recommended clamp material: CKN-13SP KITAGAWA INDUSTRIES.
(Note 2) Never bundle the cables with vinyl tape. The plasticizing material in the vinyl tape could cause the POF cable to break.
(Note 3) Loop the excessive cable with twice or more than the minimum bending radius.
192
Appendix 1.37 G396 Cable
Max. cable length: 10m
Application: Optical communication cable for wiring between drive units (inside panel)
Use when wiring in the panel with a cable of 10m or less.
OPT OPT
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 1.37 G396 Cable
OPT
1
2
OPT
1
2
[OPT]
Connector: PF-2D103
Recommended manufacturer:
Japan Aviation Electronics
Wire material: ESCA Premium
Recommended manufacturer:
MITSUBISHI RAYON
Cable
2-core parallel cord
Minimum bending radius: R
30mm
(Note 1) Binding the cables too tight with tie-wraps could result in an increased loss or a disconnection. Use a cushioning material such as a sponge or rubber when bundling the cables and fix so that the cables do not move. Recommended clamp material: CKN-13SP KITAGAWA INDUSTRIES.
(Note 2) Never bundle the cables with vinyl tape. The plasticizing material in the vinyl tape could cause the POF cable to break.
(Note 3) Loop the excessive cable with twice or more than the minimum bending radius.
193
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable
Appendix 1.38 G460 Cable
Max. cable length: 0.5m
Application: Cable between MITSUBISHI CNC machine operation panel A and MITSUBISHI CNC machine operation panel B
SUBP
SW-NO
SW-C
RSW1
RSW2
SW-NO
SW-C
5A
5B
6A
6B
7A
7B
8A
13A
13B
1A
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
[SUBP]
Connector: HIF3BA-40D-2.54C
Contact: HIF3-2428SC x 16
Recommended manufacturer: Hirose
Electric
Wire material: UL1007 AWG24
(Red, Black)
6
7
4
5
1
2
3
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
SW-NO
SW-C
[RSW1][RSW2]
1 : Purple
2 : Blue
3 : Green
4 : Yellow
5 : Orange
6 : Red
7 : Brown
[RSW1][RSW2]
Connector with cable : ACX011-705 x 2
Contact: 1-175218-5 x 3
Recommended manufacturer: Fuji
Electric
[SW-NO][SW-C]
Connector: STO-01T-110N
Recommended manufacturer: JST
(Note) Coat the connector [SW-NO][SW-C] with an insulation.
194
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 1.39 MR-BKS1CBL-A1-H / MR-BKS1CBL-A2-H Cable
Appendix 1.39 MR-BKS1CBL-A1-H / MR-BKS1CBL-A2-H Cable
Max. cable length: 10m
Application: <200V Series> Brake cable for HF-KP
MR-BKS1CBL-A1-H (load side angle)
MR-BKS1CBL-A2-H (reverse load side angle)
Servo motor brake connector
(Japan Aviation Electronics)
Connector: JN4FT02SJ1
Hood, Socket insulator,
Bushing and Ground nut
Contact: ST-TMH-S-C1B-100(A534G)
Crimp tool: CT160-3TMH5B
AWG 20
AWG 20
B1
B2
<Cable connection diagram>
195
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable
Appendix 1.40 MR-PWS1CBL-A1-H / MR-PWS1CBL-A2-H Cable
Max. cable length: 10m
Application: <200V Series> Power cable for HF-KP
MR-PWS1CBL-A1-H (load side angle)
MR-PWS1CBL-A2-H (reverse load side angle)
Servo motor power supply connector
(Japan Aviation Electronics)
Connector: JN4FT04SJ1
Hood, Socket insulator,
Bushing and Grand nut
Contact: ST-TMH-S-C1B-100(A534G)
Crimp tool: CT160-3TM5B
AWG 19 (Red)
AWG 19 (White)
AWG 19 (Black)
AWG 19 (Green/ Yellow)
U
V
W
<Cable connection diagram>
196
Appendix 1.41 R-TM Terminator Connector
Application: Terminator for OPI interface
R-TM
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 1.41 R-TM Terminator Connector
R-TM
0V
TXRX*
TXRX
3
2
1
[R-TM]
Connector: 1-178288-3 (X type)
Contact: 1-175216-2 × 2
Recommended manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
Resistor: 100 Ω 1/4W
(Note 1) The parts used shall be Mitsubishi recommended parts. Equivalent parts may be used providing they are compatible with the specifications.
(Note 2) Cover the 100 Ω terminator with a black insulation tube.
(Note 3) Stamp the connector name "R-TM" in white on the rear of the connector.
197
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable
Appendix 1.42 SH21 Cable
Max. cable length: 30m
Application: Power supply communication cable
Power backup unit communication cable
Cable for Auxiliary axis/Servo drive units
SV1, SV2
0V
0V
SVTXD
SVTXD*
SVALM
SVALM*
SVRXD
SVRXD4
0V
0V
SVEMG
SVEMG*
+5V
6
16
7
17
4
14
5
15
8
18
9
19
10
20
1
11
2
12
3
13
6
16
7
17
4
14
5
15
8
18
9
19
10
20
1
11
2
12
3
13
0V
0V
SVTXD
SVTXD*
SVALM
SVALM*
SVRXD
SVRXD4
0V
0V
SVEMG
SVEMG*
+5V
[SV1, SV2]
Plug: 10120-3000VE
Shell: 10320-52F0-008
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
FG FG
Wire material: UL20276 AWG28 × 10P
Recommended manufacturer:
Toyokuni Electric Cable
Plug: 10120-3000VE
Shell: 10320-52F0-008
Recommended manufacturer: 3M
(Note) Fold the cable shield over the sheath, and wrap copper foil tape over it. Connect the wound copper foil tape to GND plate of the connector.
198
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 1.43 SH41 Cable
Appendix 1.43 SH41 Cable
Max. cable length: 1m (the maximum length of the cable when connected to the control unit via other units)
Application: Remote I/O cable between remote I/O, remote I/O-CNC control unit, remote I/O-Operation panel I/O unit, remote I/O-MITSUBISHI CNC machine operation panel A
(between remote I/O units in a panel)
RIO1,RIO3(CSH41) (CSH41)
RIO1,RIO3(CSH41)
TXRX
TXRX*
0V
1
2
3
(CSH41)
1
2
3
TXRX
TXRX*
0V
[RIO1, RIO2, RIO3]
Connector: 1-178288-3
Contact: 1-175218-2 × 3
Recommended manufacturer:
Tyco Electronics
Wire material:
MVVS 3C × 0.5mm
2
(MIC 3C × 0.5mm
2
)
Recommended manufacturer: Takeuchi Densen
Connector: 1-178288-3
Contact: 1-175218-2 × 3
Recommended manufacturer:
Tyco Electronics
(Note 1) Protect both ends of the cable with insulated bushing.
(Note 2) RIO1 and RIO3 can be used commonly.
(Note 3) Use this cable for short applications, such as bridging the remote I/O units in the same panel. Normally use the FCUA-R211 cable with high noise withstand level.
199
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable
Appendix 1.44 List of Cable Connector Sets
Type Application
Connector (3M)
10120-3000VE x 2pcs.
Package contents
Shell kit (3M)
10320-52F0-008 x 2pcs.
FCUA-CS000 Control unit - General I/O units
Connector (3M)
7940-6500SC x 4pcs.
Strain relief (3M)
3448-7940 x 2pcs.
FCUA-CS301 Remote I/O unit - terminal block
Connector (Tyco
Electronics)
2-178288-3 x 1pc.
FCUA-CN200
200VAC power supply connector
(for power supply unit PD25/PD27)
3-178127-6
1-175218-5 x 6 pcs.
24VDC power supply connector for power supply unit (PD25/PD27) (with power OFF detection)
Connector (Tyco
Electronics)
3-178127-6 x 1pc.
1-178288-5
1-175218-5 x 6 pcs.
Connector (Tyco
ON/OFF connector for power supply unit
1-178288-5 x 1pc.
(PD25/PD27)
Electronics)
Connector (MOLEX)
005057-9403 x 1pc.
005057-9403
0016020103 x 3 pcs.
Emergency stop connector
FCUA-CN211 Remote I/O communication connector
Connector (Tyco
Electronics)
1-178288-3 x 1pc.
Tin contact (Tyco Electronics)
1-175218-5 x 3 pcs.
Tin contact (Tyco Electronics)
1-175218-5 x 6 pcs.
Tin contact (Tyco Electronics)
1-175218-5 x 6 pcs.
Gold contact (MOLEX)
0016020103 x 3 pcs.
Gold contact (Tyco Electronics)
1-175218-2 x 3pcs.
Connector (Tyco
Electronics)
2-178288-3 x 1pc.
Tin contact (Tyco Electronics)
1-175218-5 x 3pcs.
FCUA-CN220 24VDC power supply connector
Connector (3M)
7940-6500SC x 2pcs.
FCUA-CN300 DIO connector
200
2 Ap
EMC Installation Guidelines
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 2 EMC Installation Guidelines
For details of the drive section (servo/spindle drive unit), refer to the "EMC Installation Guidelines" of instruction manuals for each drive unit.
Appendix 2.1 Introduction
EMC Directives became mandatory as of January 1, 1996. The subject products must have a CE mark attached indicating that the product complies with the Directives.
As the NC unit is a component designed to control machine tools, it is believed that it is not a direct EMC Directives subject. However, we would like to introduce the following measure plans to back up EMC Directives compliance of the machine tool as the NC unit is a major component of the machine tools.
(1) Methods of installation in control/operation panel
(2) Methods of wiring cables to outside of panel
(3) Introduction of members for measures
Mitsubishi is carrying out tests to confirm the compliance to the EMC Directives under the environment described in this manual. However, the level of the noise will differ according to the equipment type and layout, control panel structure and wiring lead-in, etc.
Thus, we ask that the final noise level be confirmed by the machine manufacturer.
Appendix 2.2 EMC Directives
The EMC Directives largely regulate the following two items.
- Emission Capacity to prevent output of obstructive noise that adversely affects external devices.
- Immunity Capacity to not malfunction due to obstructive noise from external source.
The details of each level are classified in the table below.
It is assumed that the Standards and test details required for a machine tool are the same as these.
Class
Emission
Name Details EN Standards
Radiated noise
Conductive noise
Restriction of electromagnetic noise radiated through EN61000-6-4 (General the air industrial machine)
Restriction of electromagnetic noise discharged from EN61800-3 (Motor power supply line control unit)
EN55011
(CLASS: A)
Immunity
Static electricity electrical discharge
Radiation immunity
Burst immunity
Conductive immunity
Power supply frequency magnetic field
Power supply dip
(fluctuation)
Surge
(Example) Regulation of withstand level of static electricity electrical discharge accumulated in human body
(Example) Simulation of immunity from digital wireless telephones
(Example) Regulation of withstand level of noise from relay or plug and play
(Example) Regulation of withstand level of noise
EN61000-6-2 (General industrial machine) flowed from power supply wires, etc.
EN61800-3 (Motor control unit)
(Example) Regulation of electromagnetic noise of 50/
60Hz power supply frequency
EN61000-4-2
EN61000-4-3
EN61000-4-4
EN61000-4-6
EN61000-4-8
(Example) Regulation of power voltage drop withstand level
(Example) Regulation of withstand level of noise caused by lightning
EN61000-4-11
EN61000-4-5
202
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 2.3 EMC Measures
Appendix 2.3 EMC Measures
The main items relating to EMC measures include the following.
(1) Store the device in a sealed metal panel.
(2) Ground all conductors that are floating electrically. Decrease the impedance.
(3) Increase the distance between the drive line and signal wire.
(4) Shield the cables wired outside of the panel.
(5) Install a noise filter.
Take care to the following items to suppress the noise radiated outside of the panel.
(1) Accurately ground the devices.
(2) Use shielded cables.
(3) Increase the electrical seal of the panel. Reduce the gaps and holes.
Appendix 2.4 Panel Structure
The design of the panel is a very important factor for the EMC measures, so take the following measures into consideration.
Appendix 2.4.1 Measures for Control Panel Body
(1) Use metal for all members configuring the panel.
(2) When joining the metal plate, treat the welded or contacting sections so that the impedance is reduced, and then fix with screws.
Joining clearance:Approx. 20cm
Painting mask
(3) Note that if the plate warps due to the screw fixing, etc. By creating a clearance, noise could leak from that place.
(4) Plate (nickel tin) the metal plate surface at the grounding plate, and connect the connections with a low impedance.
(5) If there is a large opening, such as ventilation holes, make sure to close the hole.
Control panel
Mesh cover
(conductive sponge)
Opening
(Note 1) Using screws to fix the plates that have been painted is the same as an insulated state. Peel the paint and fix the screws.
203
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 2 EMC Installation Guidelines
Appendix 2.4.2 Measures for Door
(1) Use metal for all members configuring the panel.
(2) When joining the door, use a gasket to lower the impedance of the contacting sections, or use a structure with a large contact area as shown below.
(3) The EMI gasket or conductive packing must contact the metal surface uniformly and at the correct position.
(a) Use of gasket
Door
(b) Large contact area
Control panel
Door
Contact area
Control panel
Cross-section drawing
EMI gasket
(Note 1) When not using a gasket, ground the control panel grounding with a grounding wire to lower the door's impedance.
(Note 2) Using screws to fix the plates that have been painted (attachment of packing) is the same as an insulated state. Peel the paint and fix the screws.
Appendix 2.4.3 Measures for Power Supply
(1) Shield the power supply section and insert a filter to prevent the noise from flowing in or out. Selection of the noise filter capacity will differ according to the drive unit and devices being used. Refer to the "EMC Installation
Guidelines" (BNP-B8582-45).
Device Device
Radiated noise
Conductive noise
Radiated noise
NF
Noise filter
Flow out
AC input
Conductive noise
Partition plate
NF
Noise filter
AC input
(Note 1) The conductive noise can be suppressed by inserting a noise filter, but the radiated noise will flow out.
(Note 2) The conductive and radiated noise can both be suppressed by adding a partition plate to the noise filter.
204
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 2.5 Measures for Wiring in Panel
Appendix 2.5 Measures for Wiring in Panel
Cables act as antennas to propagate unnecessary noise, and thus must be appropriately shielded and treated.
The following measures must be sufficiently considered for the cables (SH21/G018/F012/FCUA-R211) that carry out high-speed communication.
Appendix 2.5.1 Precautions for Wiring in Panel
(1) If the cables are led unnecessary in the panel, they will pick up noise. Pay attention to the device layout and wire length so that the wiring length is as short as possible.
Device Device Device Device Device Device
0QKUG
(2) Always connect the grounding wire to the FG terminal indicated on the device.
(3) Keep the distance between the drive line and detector cable to the drive section motor as far apart as possible when wiring.
(4) Do not lead the power supply wire around the panel without using a filter.
Device
Conductive noise
Radiated noise
Partition
NF plate
0QKUG
HKNVGT
Flow out
AC input
205
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 2 EMC Installation Guidelines
Appendix 2.5.2 Shield Treatment of Cables
Use shielded cables for the cables wired outside the panel.
Use a shield clamp within 10cm of the lead-out port from the panel. (Refer to "EMC Countermeasure Parts: Shield
Clamp Fitting".)
(1) DC power supply cable [F110/F070 cable]
Shield clamp
Operation panel
Display unit
Control panel
PD25
F110 cable
Operation panel
I/O unit
General-purpose stabilized power supply
F070 cable
Ferrite core
- Use a shield clamp within 10cm from the panel's inlet/outlet.
- When using a ferrite core, install it on both ends of the connected units.
- Always install a ferrite core (Refer to "EMC Countermeasure Parts: Ferrite Core".) on the general-purpose stabilized power supply. The ferrite core may not be required depending on the selected power supply.
(2) Remote I/O cable [FCUA-R211 cable]
Shield clamp
Control panel
Control unit
FCUA-R211 cable
Control panel
Remote I/O unit
-
-
Ferrite core
Use a shield clamp within 10cm from the panel's inlet/outlet.
When using a ferrite core, install it on both ends of the connected units.
206
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 2.5 Measures for Wiring in Panel
(3) Servo communication cable [SH21 cable]
Shield clamp
Control panel
Control unit
SH21B cable
Control panel
Drive section unit
-
-
(4) Ethernet cable
Ferrite core
Use a shield clamp within 10cm from the panel's inlet/outlet.
When using a ferrite core, install it on both ends of the connected units.
Shield clamp
Operation panel
Control unit
Control panel
Peripheral device
Ethernet cable
-
-
Ferrite core
Use a shielded cable. Use a shield clamp within 10cm from the panel's inlet/outlet.
When using a ferrite core, install it on both ends of the connected units.
207
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 2 EMC Installation Guidelines
Appendix 2.6 EMC Countermeasure Parts
Appendix 2.6.1 Shield Clamp Fitting
The effect can be improved by directly connecting the cable's shield sheath to the grounding plate as shown below.
Install the grounding plate near the outlet (within 10cm) of each panel, and press against the grounding plate with the clamp fitting.
If the cables are thin, several can be bundled and clamped together.
To provide sufficient frame ground, install the grounding plate directly on the cabinet or connect with a grounding wire.
Ground Plate #D
Ground Plate #E
A
100
70
Clamp fitting A
Clamp fitting B
B
86
56
C
30
-
Enclosed fittings
Clamp fitting A × 2
Clamp fitting B × 1
L1 (maximum dimension when it is open)
25
12
L2 (reference dimension)
(77)
(54)
Peel the cable sheath at the clamp section.
Cable
Earthing plate
Cable
Clamp fitting
(Fitting A, B)
Shield sheath
Outline drawing
Earthing plate
2Ǿ 5 hole
Installation hole
17.5
View of clamp section
Clamp fitting
L1
L2
0QVG
M4 screw
6 22
35
.3 0
[Unit: mm]
(Note 1) Screw hole for wiring to earthing plate in cabinet.
(Note 2) The earthing plate thickness is 1.6mm.
208
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 2.6 EMC Countermeasure Parts
Appendix 2.6.2 Ferrite Core
The ferrite core is mounted integrally with the plastic case.
This can be installed with one touch without cutting the interface cable or power supply cable.
This ferrite core is effective against common mode noise, allowing measures against noise without affecting the quality of the signal.
Shape and dimensions
ZCAT type
ZCAT-A, ZCAT-AP type ZCAT-B type
ZCAT-C type
ZCAT-D type
Recommended ferrite core: TDK ZCAT Series
Part Name
ZCAT1518-0730-M(-BK)*1
ZCAT1518-0730(BK)*2
ZCAT2017-0930-M(-BK)
ZCAT2032-0930-M(-BK)*1
ZCAT2032-0930(-BK)*2
ZCAT2132-1130-M(-BK)*1
ZCAT2132-1130(-BK)*2
ZCAT3035-1330-M(-BK)*1
ZCAT3035-1330(-BK)*2
ZCAT1525-0430AP-M(-BK)
ZCAT1325-0530A-M(-BK)*1
ZCAT1325-0530A(-BK)
ZCAT1730-0730A-M(-BK)
ZCAT2035-0930A-M(-BK)*1
ZCAT2035-0930A(-BK)
ZCAT2235-1030A-M(-BK)
ZCAT2436-1330A-M(-BK)
ZCAT2017-0930B-M(-BK)
ZCAT2749-0430C-M(-BK)
ZCAT4625-3430D(-BK)
ZCAT4625-3430DT(-BK)*3
ZCAT6819-5230D(-BK)
ZCAT6819-5230DT(-BK)*3
A
22 ± 1
22 ± 1
21 ± 1
36 ± 1
36 ± 1
36 ± 1
36 ± 1
39 ± 1
39 ± 1
25 ± 1
25 ± 1
25 ± 1
30 ± 1
35 ± 1
32
32
32
B
18 ± 1
18 ± 1
17 ± 1
32 ± 1
±
±
±
1
1
1
34 ± 1
34 ± 1
20 ± 1
20 ± 1
20 ± 1
23 ± 1
28 ± 1
φ
7 ± 1
7 ± 1
9 ± 1
9 ± 1
9 ±
11
11
±
±
1
C
1
13 ± 1
13 ± 1
4 ± 1
5 ± 1
5 ± 1
7 ± 1
9 ± 1
1
φ D E
Unit: mm
Applicable cable outer diameter
7max.
6
Mass (g)
15 ± 1
15 ± 1
-
-
20 ± 1 -
19.5
± 1 -
19.5
± 1 -
20.5
± 1 -
7max.
9max.
9max.
9max.
11max.
20.5
± 1 11max.
30 ± 1
30 ± 1
-
-
13max.
13max.
15 ± 1 11.5
± 1 2.5 to 4(USB)
12.8
± 1 11.2
± 1 3 to 5(USB)
12.8
± 1 11.2
± 1 3 to 5(USB)
16.5
± 1 15 ± 1 4 to 7(USB)
19.5
± 1 17.4
± 1 6 to 9
6
11
22
22
22
22
63
63
7
7
7
12
22
35 ± 1
35 ± 1
36 ± 1
21 ± 1
28
28
29
17
±
±
±
±
1
1
1
1
9
10
13
9
±
±
±
±
1
1
1
1
19.5
21.5
23.5
20 ±
±
±
±
1
1
1
1
17.4
20
22
49 ± 1 27 ± 1 4.5
± 1 19.5
± 1 -
45.5
± 1 24.5
± 1 34 ± 1 12 ± 1 -
45.5
± 1 24.5
± 1 34 ± 1
67.5
± 1 18.5
± 1 52 ± 1
67.5
± 1 18.5
± 1 52 ± 1
13
16
17
±
±
±
1
1
1
-
-
-
±
±
28.5
±
1
1
±
1
1
6 to 9
8 to 10
10 to 13
9max.
4.5max.
26 For core flat cable
26 For core flat cable
40 For core flat cable
40 For core flat cable
22
27
29
12
26
32
32
58
58
*1 The M stamp is attached.
*2 A fixing band is attached at shipment.
*3 The core is fixed with double-sided tape. (The tape is enclosed with the part.)
● ZCAT-B type: Cabinet fixing type installation hole o4.8 to 4.9mm, plate thickness 0.5 to 2mm
● ZCAT-AP, ZCAT-C type: Structure that prevents easy opening after case is closed.
209
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 2 EMC Installation Guidelines
Appendix 2.6.3 Surge Absorber
Make sure that the surge does not directly enter the AC line of the general-purpose stabilized power supply (userprepared) supplying power to the control unit and DIO. Select the following product or equivalent for the surge absorber.
Refer to the manufacturer catalog for detailed characteristics, outline and connection methods of the surge absorber.
(1) Part name: RAV-781BYZ-2
Manufacturer: OKAYA ELECTRIC INDUSTRIES
Circuit voltage
50/60Hz Vrms
250V 3 φ
Max. tolerable circuit voltage
Clamp voltage V
± 10%
Surge withstand level 8/20 μ s
Surge electrical discharge start voltage 1.2/50 μ s
Static capacity
300V 783V 2,500A 20kV 75pF
Working temperature range
-20 to +70 ° C
Outline drawing Circuit drawing
(a) Black (b) Black (c) Black
UL-1015 AWG16
41 ± 1
Unit 㸸 mm
(2) Part name: RAV-781BXZ-4
Manufacturer: OKAYA ELECTRIC INDUSTRIES
Circuit voltage
50/60Hz Vrms
250V 3 φ
Max. tolerable circuit voltage
Clamp voltage V
± 10%
Surge withstand level 8/20 μ s
Surge electrical discharge start voltage 1.2/50 μ s
Static capacity
300V 700V 2,500A 2kV 75pF
Working temperature range
-20 to +70 ° C
Outline drawing Circuit drawing
(a) Black (b) Black (c) Black Green
UL-1015 AWG16
41 ± 1
Unit : mm
210
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 2.6 EMC Countermeasure Parts
(3) Example of surge absorber installation
An example of installing the surge absorber in the machine control panel is shown below.
A short-circuit fault will occur in the surge absorber if a surge exceeding the tolerance is applied. Thus, install a circuit protection breaker in the stage before the surge absorber. Note that almost no current flows to the surge absorber during normal use, so a breaker installed as the circuit protection for another device can be used for the surge absorber.
Transformer
Circuit protector
NC unit
Factory power
Panel earth leakage breaker
Input power
Circuit protector
AC reactor
Contactor
MC
A
Power supply unit and drive unit
Other device
(panel power supply, etc.)
Circuit protector
Other device
(panel power supply, etc.)
(1) Surge absorber
(Protection across phases)
Control panel
(relay panel,
etc.)
B
(2) Surge absorber
(Protection across each phase's grounding)
Grounding
Grounding plate
Surge absorber installation
CAUTION
1. The wires from the surge absorber should be connected without extensions.
2. If the surge absorber cannot be installed just with the enclosed wires, keep the wiring length of A and B to 2m or less. If the wires are long, the surge absorber's performance may drop and inhibit protection of the devices in the panel.
3. Surge absorber to be selected varies depending on input power voltage.
211
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 2 EMC Installation Guidelines
Appendix 2.6.4 Selection of Stabilized Power Supply
Consider the following characteristics when selecting the stabilized power supply (prepared by machine manufacturer).
Use a power supply that complies with CE Marking or that follows the safety standards given below.
Stabilized power supply selection items
Item Standard setting
Voltage fluctuation ± 5%
Remarks
± 5% or less of 24VDC output
Output Ripple noise
Spike noise
120mV (max.)
500mV (max.)
Output current
Output holding time
――
20ms (min)
Refer to the maximum current consumption of the unit in use and calculate.
Instantaneous power failure time (AC side)
Standards
Safety Standards: UL1950, CSA C22.2 No. 234 approved, IEC950 compliant
Noise Terminal Voltage: FCC Class A, VCCI-Class A
High Harmonics Current Restrictions: IEC61000-3-2
212
3 Ap
Restrictions for Lithium Batteries
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 3 Restrictions for Lithium Batteries
Appendix 3.1 Restriction for Packing
The United Nations Dangerous Goods Regulations "Article 12" became effective from 2003. When transporting lithium batteries with means subject to the UN Regulations, such as by air transport, measures corresponding to the Regulations must be taken.
The UN Regulations classify the batteries as dangerous goods (Class 9) or not dangerous goods according to the lithium metal content. To ensure safety during transportation, lithium batteries (battery unit) directly exported from Mitsubishi are packaged in a dedicated container (UN package) for which safety has been confirmed.
When the customer is transporting these products with means subject to the UN Regulations, such as air transport, the shipper must follow the details explained in this section "Handling by User".
The followings are restrictions for transportation. Each restriction is specified based on the recommendation of the United
Nations.
Area
World
World
United States
Europe
Transportation method
Air
Marine
All (air, marine, land) land
Restriction
ICAO, IATA
IMO
DOT
RID, ADR
Special clause
-
188
49 CFR 173.185
188
214
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 3.1 Restriction for Packing
Appendix 3.1.1 Target Products
The following Mitsubishi NC products use lithium batteries. If the lithium metal content exceeds 1g for battery cell and 2g for battery, the battery is classified as dangerous good (Class9).
In order to avoid an accidental actuation during the transportation, all lithium battery products incorporated in a machinery or device must be fixed securely and must be shipped with wrapped over the outer package as to prevent damage or shortcircuits.
(1) Materials falling under Class 9
Mitsubishi type
(Type for arrangement)
CR23500SE-CJ5
Battery type
CR23500SE-CJ5
Lithium metal content
Number of incorporated
ER6V batteries
1.52g -
Application
(Data backup)
For NC SRAM
(M500)
Battery class
Battery cell
Outline dimension drawing
Refer to "Battery Option" in the specification manual for drive unit you are using for the outline dimension drawing for servo.
(2) Materials not falling under Class 9
Mitsubishi type
(Type for arrangement)
CR2032
(for built-in battery)
CR2450
(for built-in battery)
ER6, ER6V series
(for built-in battery)
A6BAT(MR-BAT)
Q6BAT
Battery type
CR2032
CR2450
ER6, ER6V
ER17330V
Q6BAT
Lithium metal content
0.067g
0.173g
0.65g
0.48g
0.49g
Number of incorporated
ER6V batteries
-
-
-
-
-
Application
(Data backup)
For NC SRAM/
For NC SRAM
For NC SRAM/ servo detector
For servo detector
For NC SRAM
Battery class
Battery cell
Outline dimension drawing
Refer to "Battery Option" in the specification manual for drive unit you are using for the outline dimension drawing for servo.
(Note) If the number of batteries exceeds 24 batteries for the battery cell or 12 batteries for the battery, the dedicated packing (for materials falling under Class 9) is required.
(Example) Rating nameplate for battery units
Mitsubishi type
Safety class
Battery manufacturer type
Lithium metal content
215
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 3 Restrictions for Lithium Batteries
Appendix 3.1.2 Handling by User
The following technical opinion is solely Mitsubishi's opinion. The shipper must confirm the latest IATA Dangerous Goods
Regulations, IMDG Codes and laws and orders of the corresponding export country.
These should be checked by the company commissioned for the actual transportation.
IATA: International Air Transport Association
IMDG Code: A uniform international code for the transport of dangerous goods by seas determined by IMO (International
Maritime Organization).
■ When shipping isolated lithium battery products
(1) Reshipping in Mitsubishi UN packaging (Class 9)
Mitsubishi packing applies package specifications complying with the UN Packing Instruction. The user only needs to add the following details before shipping. (Consult with the shipping company for details.)
(a) Indication of container usage mark on exterior box (Label with following details recorded.)
[1] Proper shipping name (Lithium batteries)
[2] UN NO. (UN3090 for isolated battery, UN3091 for battery incorporated in a device or included)
[3] Shipper and consignee's address and name
Example of completing form
Shipper information Consignee information
[4] A care label with a telephone number for additional information (120×110mm)
(A care label is to be attached on the outer package.Shipping less than or equal to 4 isolated batteries incorporated in machinery does not need care label.)
Lithium battery care label (Air transportation sample)
216 x-xxxx-xx-xx-xxx
(b) Preparation of shipping documents and declaration of dangerous goods
For information required in description, refer to "Product information data sheet".
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 3.1 Restriction for Packing
(2) When packaged by user
The user must follow UN Regulations when packing, preparing for shipping and preparing the indications, etc.
(a) Packing a lithium battery falling under Class 9
[1] Consult with The Ship Equipment Inspection Society of Japan for details on packaging.
[2] Prepare for shipping as explained in "(1) Reshipping in Mitsubishi UN packaging".
The Ship Equipment Inspection Society of Japan http://www.hakuyohin.or.jp/english.html
(b) Packing a lithium battery not falling under Class 9
[1] Cells and batteries are separated so as to prevent short circuits and are stored in a strong outer packaging (12 batteries or less, 24 battery cells or less).
[2] Prepare for the certificates or test results showing compliance to drop test from 1.2m in height.
(The safety test results have been obtained from the battery manufacturer. Consult with Mitsubishi when the safety test results are required.)
[3] Prepare for shipping as explained in "(1) Reshipping in Mitsubishi UN packaging (Class 9)".
■ When shipping lithium batteries incorporating in a device or machinery
Dedicated packaging (UN packaging) is not required for batteries incorporated in device or machinery. Yet, make sure to fix the contents securely before the transportation as to prevent damage and short-circuit.
If machinery and devices which incorporates lithium battery is not waterproof, package must be waterproof material.
Check with your shipping company for details on packing and transportation.
Appendix 3.1.3 Reference
Refer to the following materials for details on the regulations and responses.
Guidelines regarding transportation of lithium batteries and lithium ion batteries (Edition 2)..... Battery Association of Japan
217
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 3 Restrictions for Lithium Batteries
Appendix 3.2 Products information data sheet (ER battery)
MSDS system does not cover the product used in enclosed state. The ER battery described in this section applies to that product.
This description is applied to the normal use, and is provided as reference but not as guarantee.
This description is based on the lithium battery's (ER battery) hazardous goods data sheet (Products information data sheet) which MITSUBISHI has researched, and will be applied only to the ER batteries described in the previous section "Restriction for Packing".
(1) Outline of hazard
Principal hazard and effect
Specific hazard
Environmental effect
Possible state of emergency
(2) First-aid measure
Inhalation
Skin contact
Eye contact
Ingestion
Not found.
As the chemical substance is stored in a sealed metal container, the battery itself is not hazardous. But when the internal lithium metal attaches to human skin, it causes a chemical skin burn. As a reaction of lithium with water, it may ignite or forms flammable hydrogen gas.
Not found.
Damages or short-circuits may occur due to external mechanical or electrical pressures.
If a person inhales the vapor of the substance due to the battery damage, move the person immediately to fresh air. If the person feels sick, consult a doctor immediately.
If the content of the battery attaches to human skin, wash off immediately with water and soap. If skin irritation persists, consult a doctor.
In case of contact with eyes due to the battery damage, rinse immediately with a plenty of water for at least 15 minutes and then consult a doctor.
If swallowed, consult a doctor immediately.
(3) Fire-fighting measure
Appropriate fire-extinguisher
Special fire-fighting measure
Protectors against fire
(4) Measure for leakage
Environmental precaution
How to remove
Dry sand, dry chemical, graphite powder or carbon dioxide gas
Keep the battery away from the fireplace to prevent fire spreading.
Fire-protection gloves, eye/face protector (face mask), body/skin protective cloth
Dispose of them immediately because strong odors are produced when left for a long time.
Get them absorbed into dry sand and then collect the sand in an empty container.
(5) Handling and storage
Handlin g
Cautions for safety handling
Storage
Appropriate storage condition
Material to avoid
Do not peel the external tube or damage it.
Do not dispose of the battery in fire or expose it to heat.
Do not immerse the battery in water or get it wet.
Do not throw the battery.
Do not disassemble, modify or transform the battery.
Do not short-circuit the battery.
Avoid direct sunlight, high temperature and high humidity.
(Recommended temp. range: +5 to +35C ° , humidity: 70%RH or less)
Flammable or conductive material (Metal: may cause a short-circuit)
(6) Physical/chemical properties
Appearance
Physical form
Shape
Smell pH
Boiling point/Boiling range, Melting point,
Decomposition temperature, Flash point
Solid
Cylinder type
Odorless
Not applicable (insoluble)
No information
218
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 3.2 Products information data sheet (ER battery)
(7) Stability and reactivity
Stability
Condition to avoid
Hazardous decomposition products
Stable under normal handling condition.
Do not mix multiple batteries with their terminals uninsulated. This may cause a shortcircuit, resulting in heating, bursting or ignition.
Irritative or toxic gas is emitted in the case of fire.
(8) Toxicological information
As the chemical substance is stored in a sealed metal container, the battery has no harmfulness. Just for reference, the table below describes the main substance of the battery.
< Lithium metal >
Acute toxicity
Local effect
No information
Corrosive action in case of skin contact
< Thionyl chloride >
Acute toxicity
Local effect
< Aluminum chloride >
Acute toxicity
Local effect
Lc
50
: 500ppm (inhaled administration to rat)
The lungs can be damaged by chronic cough, dyspnea and asthma.
L
D50
: 3700ppm (oral administration to rat)
Not found.
< Lithium chloride >
Acute toxicity
Local effect
< Carbon black >
Acute toxicity
Carcinogenicity
L
D50
: 526ppm (oral administration to rat)
The central nerves and kidney can be influenced.
L
D50
: 2,000mg/kg ＞ (rat)
LARC group 2 (suspected of being carcinogenic)
(9) Ecological information
Mobility, Persistence/
Decomposability, Bioaccumulation potential,
Ecological toxicity
Not found.
(10) Caution for disposal
Dispose of the battery following local laws or regulations.
Pack the battery properly to prevent a short-circuit and avoid contact with water.
219
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 3 Restrictions for Lithium Batteries
Appendix 3.3 Issuing Domestic Law of the United States for Primary
Lithium Battery Transportation
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) and Research and Special Programs Administration (RSPA) announced an additional regulation (interim final rule) for the primary lithium batteries transportation restrictions item in "Federal Register" on Dec.15
2004.
This regulation became effective from Dec.29, 2004. This law is a domestic law of the United States, however if also applies to the domestic flight and international flight departing from or arriving in the United States. Therefore, when transporting lithium batteries to the United State, or within the United State, the shipper must take measures required to transport lithium batteries. Refer to the Federal Register and the code of Federal Regulation ("Reference" from the previous section
"Restriction for Packing") for details.
Appendix 3.3.1 Outline of Regulation
(1) Transporting primary lithium battery by passenger aircraft is forbidden.
(a) Excluding primary lithium battery for personal use in a carry-on or checked luggage (Lithium metal content should be not more than 5g for cell and 25g for battery. For details on the lithium metal content, refer to "Transportation
Restrictions for Lithium Batteries: Target Products".)
(2) When transporting primary lithium battery by cargo aircraft, indicate that transportation by passenger aircraft is forbidden on the exterior box.
Appendix 3.3.2 Target Products
All NC products for which the lithium batteries are used are subject to the regulation.
(Refer to the table of "Target Products" from the previous section "Restriction for Packing".)
Appendix 3.3.3 Handling by User
The "Target Products" from the previous section "Outline of Regulation" described above is solely Mitsubishi's opinion. The shipper must confirm orders of "Transportation Restrictions for Lithium Batteries: Reference" described below for transportation method corresponding the regulation.
These should be checked by the company commissioned for the actual lithium battery transportation.
(1) Indication of exterior box
When transporting primary lithium battery by cargo aircraft, indicate that transportation by passenger aircraft is forbidden on the exterior box.
Display example
PRIMARY LITHIUM BATTERIES
FORBIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT ABOARD PASSENGER AIRCRAFT.
(a) The character color must be displayed with contrast. (black characters against white background, black characters against yellow background, etc.)
(b) The height (size) of characters to be displayed is prescribed depending on the packaging mass. (When the total mass is over 30kg: at least 12mm, When the total mass is less than 30kg: at least 6mm)
Appendix 3.3.4 Reference
(1) 49CFR (Code of Federal Regulation, Title49) (173.185 Lithium batteries and cells.)
Search from the following URL.
http://www.gpoaccess.gov/cfr/index.html
(2) DOT regulation body (Department of Transportation)
Search "69fr-75207.pdf" from the following URL.
http://phmsa.dot.gov/hazmat
220
M700VS Series Connection Manual
Appendix 3.4 Restriction related to EU Battery Directive
Appendix 3.4 Restriction related to EU Battery Directive
EU Battery Directive (2006/66/EC) has been enforced since September 26th in 2008. Hereby, battery and machinery incorporating battery marketed in European Union countries must be in compliance with the EU Battery Directive.
Lithium battery provided by MITSUBISHI are subjected to this restriction.
Appendix 3.4.1 Important Notes
Follow the instruction bellow as shipping products incorporating MITSUBISHI device.
(1) When shipping products incorporating MITSUBISHI device any time later than September 26th, 2008, the symbol mark shown as Figure 1 in section "Information for end-user" is required to be attached on the machinery or on the package.
Also, the explanation of the symbol must be added.
(2) Machinery with battery and maintenance battery produced before the EU Battery Directive are also subjected to the restriction. When shipping those products to EU countries later than September 26th, 2008, follow the instruction explained in (1).
Appendix 3.4.2 Information for end-user
Figure 1
Note: This symbol mark is for EU countries only.
This symbol mark is according to the directive 2006/66/EC
Article 20 Information for end-users and Annex II.
Your MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC product is designed and manufactured with high quality materials and components which can be recycled and/or reused. This symbol means that batteries and accumulators, at their end-of-life, should be disposed of separately from your household waste.
If a chemical symbol is printed beneath the symbol shown above, this chemical symbol means that the battery or accumulator contains a heavy metal at a certain concentration. This will be indicated as follows:Hg: mercury
(0,0005% ), Cd: cadmium (0,002% ), Pb: lead (0,004% )
In the European Union there are separate collection systems for used batteries and accumulators. Please, dispose of batteries and accumulators correctly at your local community waste collection/recycling centre.
Please, help us to conserve the environment we live in!
221
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 3 Restrictions for Lithium Batteries
222
4 Ap
Precautions for Compliance to UL/c-UL Standards
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 4 Precautions for Compliance to UL/c-UL Standards
Observe the following matters to comply with UL/c-UL Standards.
Refer to "Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL Standard"(BNP-B2429-003) for details.
(1) Selection of external 24VDC power supply unit (The unit shall be prepared by the machine tool builder.)
This NC system complies with the UL Standards on the condition that the stabilized power supply unit supplying
24VDC to each unit is a UL-approved part.
Use a UL-approved part for the stabilized power supply unit supplying 24VDC to each unit.
(2) Unit ambient temperature
This NC system complies with the UL Standards on the condition that the unit is used at a temperature less than the maximum ambient temperature given in "Environment Conditions" section. Make sure that the maximum ambient temperature of each unit does not exceed the temperature given in "Environment Conditions" section.
224
Revision History
Date of revision
Nov. 2008
Jan. 2009
Aug. 2010
Nov. 2011
Manual No.
Revision details
IB(NA)1500898-A First edition created.
IB(NA)1500898-B Mistakes were corrected.
IB(NA)1500898-C
IB(NA)1500898-D
The following units were added.
- FCU7-KB029 (Keyboard unit)
- FCU7-EX022 (Optical communication repeater unit)
- FCU7-KB921/KB926 (MITSUBISHI CNC machine operation panel)
The following cables were added.
- CNV22J-K1P/K2P (Detector extension cable for HF-KP motor)
- G071 (DC24V relay cable for MITSUBISHI CNC machine operation panel)
- G460 (Cable between MITSUBISHI CNC machine operation panel A and MITSUBI-
SHI CNC machine operation panel B)
The following sections were added.
- 2.11 Optical Communication Repeater Unit
- 2.12 MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel
- 4.2.6 Connecting with Optical Communication Repeater Unit
- 4.5 Connection of MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel
- 8.3 CNV22J-K1P / CNV22J-K2P cable
- 8.26 G071 cable
- 8.33 G460 cable
According to the addition of new sections, the following section No. were changed.
- From "2.11" to "2.13"
- From "4.2.6 - 4.2.9" to "4.2.7 - 4.2.10"
- From "4.5" to "4.6"
- Throughout Chapter 8
Mistakes were corrected.
"Handling of our product" was added.
Following unit was added.
- FCU7-HN747(DeviceNet/FL-net)
Following cables were added.
- DG23 (Battery cable)
- DG24 (5V supply/DO output cable)
- FCUA-R031 (Analog input/output cable)
Following chapters were added.
- 4.3.4.1 Wiring the Sink Type Input
- 4.3.4.2 Wiring the Source Type Input
- 8.11 DG23 Cable
- 8.12 DG24 Cable
- 8.22 FCUA-R031 Cable
Chapter numbers were changed as the new chapters are added.
- "4.3.4.1 to 4.3.4.2" are changed to "4.3.4.3 to 4.3.4.4".
- "8.11 to 8.20" are changed to "8.13 to 8.22"
- "8.21 to 8.39" are changed to "8.24 to 8.42"
Mistakes were corrected.
Date of revision
Jun. 2013
Dec. 2013
Feb. 2014
Manual No.
Revision details
IB(NA)1500898-E
IB(NA)1500898-F
IB(NA)1500898-G
Corresponded to MDS-D2/DH2, MDS-DJ, MDS-DM2.
- Corrected contents of 4.2.5.1 to 4.2.5.3.
- Revised related explanation, etc.
Connector set was added to "1.3.1 List of Units".
"(11) LED" was added to "2.6 Remote I/O Unit".
Chapter 2.12 was revised and chapter name was changed to "2.13 Exclusive CF Cards for MITSUBISHI CNC".
"4.2.10.1 Handle Numbers" and "4.3.3.1 Handle Numbers" were added.
"4.2.11 Connecting with Safety Observing I/O Device" was added.
"8.3 CNP3EZ-2P/CNP3EZ-3P Cable" were added.
Reviewed application name of cable.
Reviewed "8.43 List of Cable Connector Sets" in keeping with connector set added to
"1.3.1 List of Units".
Following units were added.
- FCU7-DU180-11 (Display unit)
Following chapters were added.
- 1.2.3 For 15-type display unit
The construction of chapters were revised.
- "5 EMC Installation Guidelines" to "Appendix 2".
- "6 Restriction for Lithium Batteries" to "Appendix 3".
- "7 Precautions for Compliance to UL/c-UL Standards" to "Appendix 4".
- "8 Cable" to "Appendix 1".
Following cable was added.
- G012 cable (Operation panel I/O interface cable)
Following chapters were revised.
- "4.2.3 Connecting with Emergency Stop Signal"
- "Appendix 1.35 G380 Cable"
- "Appendix 1.36 G395 Cable"
- "Appendix 1.37 G396 Cable"
The title of the chapter was revised.
- "4.2.5 Connecting with Drive Unit"
Mistakes were corrected.
Jun. 2015 IB(NA)1500898-H Explanation of slide switch was added to "2.2 Control Unit".
AMERICA
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUTOMATION INC. (AMERICA FA CENTER)
Central Region Service Center
500 CORPORATE WOODS PARKWAY, VERNON HILLS, ILLINOIS 60061, U.S.A.
TEL: +1-847-478-2500 / FAX: +1-847-478-2650
Michigan Service Satellite
ALLEGAN, MICHIGAN 49010, U.S.A.
TEL: +1-847-478-2500 / FAX: +1-847-478-2650
Ohio Service Satellite
LIMA, OHIO 45801, U.S.A.
TEL: +1-847-478-2500 / FAX: +1-847-478-2650
CINCINATTI, OHIO 45201, U.S.A.
TEL: +1-847-478-2500 / FAX: +1-847-478-2650
Minnesota Service Satellite
ROGERS, MINNESOTA 55374, U.S.A.
TEL: +1-847-478-2500 / FAX: +1-847-478-2650
West Region Service Center
16900 VALLEY VIEW AVE., LAMIRADA, CALIFORNIA 90638, U.S.A.
TEL: +1-714-699-2625 / FAX: +1-847-478-2650
Northern CA Satellite
SARATOGA, CALIFORNIA 95070, U.S.A.
TEL: +1-714-699-2625 / FAX: +1-847-478-2650
Pennsylvania Service Satellite
PITTSBURG, PENNSYLVANIA 15644, U.S.A.
TEL: +1-732-560-4500 / FAX: +1-732-560-4531
Connecticut Service Satellite
TORRINGTON, CONNECTICUT 06790, U.S.A.
TEL: +1-732-560-4500 / FAX: +1-732-560-4531
South Region Service Center
1845 SATTELITE BOULEVARD STE. 450, DULUTH, GEORGIA 30097, U.S.A.
TEL +1-678-258-4529 / FAX +1-678-258-4519
Texas Service Satellites
GRAPEVINE, TEXAS 76051, U.S.A.
TEL: +1-678-258-4529 / FAX: +1-678-258-4519
HOUSTON, TEXAS 77001, U.S.A.
TEL: +1-678-258-4529 / FAX: +1-678-258-4519
Tennessee Service Satellite
Nashville, Tennessee, 37201, U.S.A.
TEL: +1-678-258-4529 / FAX: +1-678-258-4519
Florida Service Satellite
WEST MELBOURNE, FLORIDA 32904, U.S.A.
TEL: +1-678-258-4529 / FAX: +1-678-258-4519
Canada Region Service Center
4299 14TH AVENUE MARKHAM, ONTARIO L3R OJ2, CANADA
TEL: +1-905-475-7728 / FAX: +1-905-475-7935
Canada Service Satellite
EDMONTON, ALBERTA T5A 0A1, CANADA
TEL: +1-905-475-7728 FAX: +1-905-475-7935
Mexico Region Service Center
MARIANO ESCOBEDO 69 TLALNEPANTLA, 54030 EDO. DE MEXICO
TEL: +52-55-3067-7500 / FAX: +52-55-9171-7649
Monterrey Service Satellite
MONTERREY, N.L., 64720, MEXICO
TEL: +52-81-8365-4171
BRAZIL
MELCO CNC do Brasil Comércio e Serviços S.A
Brazil Region Service Center
ACESSO JOSE SARTORELLI, KM 2.1 CEP 18550-000, BOITUVA-SP, BRAZIL
TEL: +55-15-3363-9900 / FAX: +55-15-3363-9911
Global Service Network
EUROPE
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B.V.
GOTHAER STRASSE 10, 40880 RATINGEN, GERMANY
TEL: +49-2102-486-0 / FAX: +49-2102-486-5910
Germany Service Center
KURZE STRASSE. 40, 70794 FILDERSTADT-BONLANDEN, GERMANY
TEL: + 49-711-770598-123 / FAX: +49-711-770598-141
France Service Center DEPARTEMENT CONTROLE NUMERIQUE
25, BOULEVARD DES BOUVETS, 92741 NANTERRE CEDEX FRANCE
TEL: +33-1-41-02-83-13 / FAX: +33-1-49-01-07-25
France (Lyon) Service Satellite DEPARTEMENT CONTROLE NUMERIQUE
120, ALLEE JACQUES MONOD 69800 SAINT PRIEST FRANCE
TEL: +33-1-41-02-83-13 / FAX: +33-1-49-01-07-25
Italy Service Center
VIALE COLLEONI, 7 - CENTRO DIREZIONALE COLLEONI PALAZZO SIRIO INGRESSO 1
20864 AGRATE BRIANZA (MB), ITALY
TEL: +39-039-6053-342 / FAX: +39-039-6053-206
Italy (Padova) Service Satellite
VIA G. SAVELLI, 24 - 35129 PADOVA, ITALY
TEL: +39-039-6053-342 / FAX: +39-039-6053-206
U.K. Branch
TRAVELLERS LANE, HATFIELD, HERTFORDSHIRE, AL10 8XB, U.K.
TEL: +49-2102-486-0 / FAX: +49-2102-486-5910
Spain Service Center
CTRA. DE RUBI, 76-80-APDO. 420
08173 SAINT CUGAT DEL VALLES, BARCELONA SPAIN
TEL: +34-935-65-2236 / FAX: +34-935-89-1579
Poland Service Center
UL.KRAKOWSKA 50, 32-083 BALICE, POLAND
TEL: +48-12-630-4700 / FAX: +48-12-630-4701
Mitsubishi Electric Turkey A.Ş Ümraniye Şubesi
Turkey Service Center
ŞERIFALI MAH. NUTUK SOK. NO.5 34775
ÜMRANIYE, ISTANBUL, TURKEY
TEL: +90-216-526-3990 / FAX: +90-216-526-3995
Czech Republic Service Center
KAFKOVA 1853/3, 702 00 OSTRAVA 2, CZECH REPUBLIC
TEL: +420-59-5691-185 / FAX: +420-59-5691-199
Russia Service Center
213, B.NOVODMITROVSKAYA STR., 14/2, 127015 MOSCOW, RUSSIA
TEL: +7-495-748-0191 / FAX: +7-495-748-0192
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B.V. (SCANDINAVIA)
Sweden Service Center
HAMMARBACKEN 14 191 49 SOLLENTUNA, SWEDEN
TEL: +46-8-6251000 / FAX: +46-8-966877
Bulgaria Service Center
4 A.LYAPCHEV BOUL., POB 21, BG-1756 SOFIA, BULGARIA
TEL: +359-2-8176009 / FAX: +359-2-9744061
Ukraine (Kharkov) Service Center
APTEKARSKIY LANE 9-A, OFFICE 3, 61001 KHARKOV, UKRAINE
TEL: +380-57-732-7774 / FAX: +380-57-731-8721
Ukraine (Kiev) Service Center
4-B, M. RASKOVOYI STR., 02660 KIEV, UKRAINE
TEL: +380-44-494-3355 / FAX: +380-44-494-3366
Belarus Service Center
OFFICE 9, NEZAVISIMOSTI PR.177, 220125 MINSK, BELARUS
TEL: +375-17-393-1177 / FAX: +375-17-393-0081
South Africa Service Center
5 ALBATROSS STREET, RHODESFIELD, KEMPTON PARK 1619, GAUTENG, SOUTH AFRICA
TEL: +27-11-394-8512 / FAX: +27-11-394-8513
ASEAN
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ASIA PTE. LTD. (ASEAN FA CENTER)
Singapore Service Center
307 ALEXANDRA ROAD #05-01/02 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC BUILDING SINGAPORE 159943
TEL: +65-6473-2308 / FAX: +65-6476-7439
Malaysia (KL) Service Center
60, JALAN USJ 10 /1B 47620 UEP SUBANG JAYA SELANGOR DARUL EHSAN, MALAYSIA
TEL: +60-3-5631-7605 / FAX: +60-3-5631-7636
Malaysia (Johor Baru) Service Center
17 & 17A, JALAN IMPIAN EMAS 5/5, TAMAN IMPIAN EMAS, 81300 SKUDAI, JOHOR MALAYSIA.
TEL: +60-7-557-8218 / FAX: +60-7-557-3404
Philippines Service Center
UNIT NO.411, ALABAMG CORPORATE CENTER KM 25. WEST SERVICE ROAD
SOUTH SUPERHIGHWAY, ALABAMG MUNTINLUPA METRO MANILA, PHILIPPINES 1771
TEL: +63-2-807-2416 / FAX: +63-2-807-2417
VIETNAM
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC VIETNAM CO.,LTD
Vietnam (Ho Chi Minh) Service Center
UNIT 01-04, 10TH FLOOR, VINCOM CENTER 72 LE THANH TON STREET, DISTRICT 1,
HO CHI MINH CITY, VIETNAM
TEL: +84-8-3910 5945 / FAX: +84-8-3910 5946
Vietnam (Hanoi) Service Satellite
6th Floor, Detech Tower, 8 Ton That Thuyet Street, My Dinh 2 Ward, Nam Tu Liem District, Hanoi,Vietnam
TEL: +84-4-3937-8075 / FAX: +84-4-3937-8076
INDONESIA
PT. MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC INDONESIA
Indonesia Service Center ( Cikarang Office )
JL.Kenari Raya Blok G2-07A Delta Silicon 5, Lippo Cikarang-Bekasi 17550, INDONESIA
TEL: +62-21-2961-7797 / FAX: +62-21-2961-7794
THAILAND
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC FACTORY AUTOMATION (THAILAND) CO.,LTD
Thailand Service Center
12TH FLOOR, SV.CITY BUILDING, OFFICE TOWER 1, NO. 896/19 AND 20 RAMA 3 ROAD,
KWAENG BANGPONGPANG, KHET YANNAWA, BANGKOK 10120,THAILAND
TEL: +66-2-682-6522-31 / FAX: +66-2-682-6020
INDIA
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC INDIA PVT. LTD.
India Service Center
2nd FLOOR, TOWER A & B, DLF CYBER GREENS, DLF CYBER CITY,
DLF PHASE-III, GURGAON 122 002, HARYANA, INDIA
TEL: +91-124-4630 300 / FAX: +91-124-4630 399
Ludhiana satellite office
Jamshedpur satellite office
India (Pune) Service Center
EMERALD HOUSE, EL-3, J-BLOCK, MIDC BHOSARI. PUNE – 411 026, MAHARASHTRA, INDIA
TEL: +91-20-2710 2000 / FAX: +91-20-2710 2100
Baroda satellite office
Mumbai satellite office
India (Bangalore) Service Center
PRESTIGE EMERALD, 6TH FLOOR, MUNICIPAL NO. 2,
LAVELLE ROAD, BANGALORE - 560 043, KAMATAKA, INDIA
TEL: +91-80-4020-1600 / FAX: +91-80-4020-1699
Chennai satellite office
Coimbatore satellite office
OCEANIA
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUSTRALIA LTD.
Australia Service Center
348 VICTORIA ROAD, RYDALMERE, N.S.W. 2116 AUSTRALIA
TEL: +61-2-9684-7269 / FAX: +61-2-9684-7245
CHINA
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUTOMATION (CHINA) LTD. (CHINA FA CENTER)
China (Shanghai) Service Center
1-3,5-10,18-23/F, NO.1386 HONG QIAO ROAD, CHANG NING QU,
SHANGHAI 200336, CHINA
TEL: +86-21-2322-3030 / FAX: +86-21-2308-3000
China (Ningbo) Service Dealer
China (Wuxi) Service Dealer
China (Jinan) Service Dealer
China (Hangzhou) Service Dealer
China (Wuhan) Service Satellite
China (Beijing) Service Center
9/F, OFFICE TOWER 1, HENDERSON CENTER, 18 JIANGUOMENNEI DAJIE,
DONGCHENG DISTRICT, BEIJING 100005, CHINA
TEL: +86-10-6518-8830 / FAX: +86-10-6518-8030
China (Beijing) Service Dealer
China (Tianjin) Service Center
UNIT 2003, TIANJIN CITY TOWER, NO 35 YOUYI ROAD, HEXI DISTRICT,
TIANJIN 300061, CHINA
TEL: +86-22-2813-1015 / FAX: +86-22-2813-1017
China (Shenyang) Service Satellite
China (Changchun) Service Satellite
China (Chengdu) Service Center
ROOM 407-408, OFFICE TOWER AT SHANGRI-LA CENTER, NO. 9 BINJIANG DONG ROAD,
JINJIANG DISTRICT, CHENGDU, SICHUAN 610021, CHINA
TEL: +86-28-8446-8030 / FAX: +86-28-8446-8630
China (Shenzhen) Service Center
ROOM 2512-2516, 25/F., GREAT CHINA INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE SQUARE, JINTIAN RD.S.,
FUTIAN DISTRICT, SHENZHEN 518034, CHINA
TEL: +86-755-2399-8272 / FAX: +86-755-8218-4776
China (Xiamen) Service Dealer
China (Dongguan) Service Dealer
KOREA
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUTOMATION KOREA CO., LTD. (KOREA FA CENTER)
Korea Service Center
8F, Gangseo Hangang Xi-tower, 401 Yangcheon-ro, Gangseo-gu, Seoul 157-801, KOREA
TEL: +82-2-3660-9602 / FAX: +82-2-3664-8668
Korea Taegu Service Satellite
4F KT BUILDING, 1630 SANGYEOK-DONG, BUK-KU, DAEGU 702-835, KOREA
TEL: +82-53-382-7400 / FAX: +82-53-382-7411
TAIWAN
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC TAIWAN CO., LTD. (TAIWAN FA CENTER)
Taiwan (Taichung) Service Center (Central Area)
NO.8-1, INDUSTRIAL 16TH RD., TAICHUNG INDUSTRIAL PARK, SITUN DIST.,
TAICHUNG CITY 40768, TAIWAN R.O.C.
TEL: +886-4-2359-0688 / FAX: +886-4-2359-0689
Taiwan (Taipei) Service Center (North Area)
10F, NO.88, SEC.6, CHUNG-SHAN N. RD., SHI LIN DIST., TAIPEI CITY 11155, TAIWAN R.O.C.
TEL: +886-2-2833-5430 / FAX: +886-2-2833-5433
Taiwan (Tainan) Service Center (South Area)
11F-1., NO.30, ZHONGZHENG S. ROAD, YONGKANG DISTRICT, TAINAN CITY 71067, TAIWAN, R.O.C.
TEL: +886-6-252-5030 / FAX: +886-6-252-5031
Notice
Every effort has been made to keep up with software and hardware revisions in the contents described in this manual. However, please understand that in some unavoidable cases simultaneous revision is not possible.
Please contact your Mitsubishi Electric dealer with any questions or comments regarding the use of this product.
Duplication Prohibited
This manual may not be reproduced in any form, in part or in whole, without written permission from Mitsubishi Electric Corporation.
COPYRIGHT 2008-2015 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Download
Public link updated
The public link to your chat has been updated. You may view and manage your chat links after registration here.
Document public link
Advertisement